This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag

'LAST_WITH_IFDEF_QT'.

git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/tags/LAST_WITH_IFDEF_QT@11451 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775

include/wx/accel.h

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/accel.h
+// Purpose:     wxAcceleratorEntry and wxAcceleratorTable classes
+// Author:      Julian Smart, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     31.05.01 (extracted from other files)
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows license
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_ACCEL
+
+#include "wx/object.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorTable;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuItem;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxKeyEvent;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constants
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// wxAcceleratorEntry flags
+enum
+{
+    wxACCEL_NORMAL  = 0x0000,   // no modifiers
+    wxACCEL_ALT     = 0x0001,   // hold Alt key down
+    wxACCEL_CTRL    = 0x0002,   // hold Ctrl key down
+    wxACCEL_SHIFT   = 0x0004    // hold Shift key down
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// an entry in wxAcceleratorTable corresponds to one accelerator
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorEntry
+{
+public:
+    wxAcceleratorEntry(int flags = 0, int keyCode = 0, int cmd = 0,
+                       wxMenuItem *item = NULL)
+    {
+        Set(flags, keyCode, cmd, item);
+    }
+
+    void Set(int flags, int keyCode, int cmd, wxMenuItem *item = NULL)
+    {
+        m_flags = flags;
+        m_keyCode = keyCode;
+        m_command = cmd;
+        m_item = item;
+    }
+
+    void SetMenuItem(wxMenuItem *item) { m_item = item; }
+
+    int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
+    int GetKeyCode() const { return m_keyCode; }
+    int GetCommand() const { return m_command; }
+
+    wxMenuItem *GetMenuItem() const { return m_item; }
+
+    bool operator==(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) const
+    {
+        return m_flags == entry.m_flags &&
+               m_keyCode == entry.m_keyCode &&
+               m_command == entry.m_command &&
+               m_item == entry.m_item;
+    }
+
+    bool operator!=(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) const
+        { return !(*this == entry); }
+
+#ifdef __WXMOTIF__
+    // Implementation use only
+    bool MatchesEvent(const wxKeyEvent& event) const ;
+#endif
+    
+private:
+    int m_flags;    // combination of wxACCEL_XXX constants
+    int m_keyCode;  // ASCII or virtual keycode
+    int m_command;  // Command id to generate
+
+    // the menu item this entry corresponds to, may be NULL
+    wxMenuItem *m_item;
+
+    // for compatibility with old code, use accessors now!
+    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// include wxAcceleratorTable class declaration, it is only used by the library
+// and so doesn't have any published user visible interface
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/generic/accel.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/accel.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/accel.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/accel.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/accel.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/accel.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/accel.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/accel.h"
+#endif
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxAcceleratorTable) wxNullAcceleratorTable;
+
+#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_

include/wx/app.h

@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        app.h
+// Purpose:     wxAppBase class and macros used for declaration of wxApp
+//              derived class in the user code
+// Author:      Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     01/02/97
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_APP_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_APP_H_BASE_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "appbase.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// typedefs
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if (defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)) || defined (__WXPM__)
+    class WXDLLEXPORT wxApp;
+    typedef wxApp* (*wxAppInitializerFunction)();
+#else
+    // returning wxApp* won't work with gcc
+    #include "wx/object.h"
+
+    typedef wxObject* (*wxAppInitializerFunction)();
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCmdLineParser;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers we have to include here
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/event.h"       // for the base class
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+    #include "wx/window.h"  // for wxTopLevelWindows
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+#if wxUSE_LOG
+    #include "wx/log.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constants
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static const int wxPRINT_WINDOWS = 1;
+static const int wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT = 2;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// the common part of wxApp implementations for all platforms
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxAppBase : public wxEvtHandler
+{
+public:
+    wxAppBase();
+
+    // the virtual functions which may/must be overridden in the derived class
+    // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifdef __DARWIN__
+    virtual ~wxAppBase() { }
+#endif
+
+        // called during the program initialization, returning FALSE from here
+        // prevents the program from continuing - it's a good place to create
+        // the top level program window and return TRUE.
+        //
+        // Override: always in GUI application, rarely in console ones.
+    virtual bool OnInit();
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+        // a platform-dependent version of OnInit(): the code here is likely to
+        // depend on the toolkit. default version does nothing.
+        //
+        // Override: rarely.
+    virtual bool OnInitGui();
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+        // called to start program execution - the default version just enters
+        // the main GUI loop in which events are received and processed until
+        // the last window is not deleted (if GetExitOnFrameDelete) or
+        // ExitMainLoop() is called. In console mode programs, the execution
+        // of the program really starts here
+        //
+        // Override: rarely in GUI applications, always in console ones.
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+    virtual int OnRun() { return MainLoop(); };
+#else // !GUI
+    virtual int OnRun() = 0;
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+        // called after the main loop termination. This is a good place for
+        // cleaning up (it may be too late in dtor) and is also useful if you
+        // want to return some non-default exit code - this is just the return
+        // value of this method.
+        //
+        // Override: often.
+    virtual int OnExit();
+
+        // called when a fatal exception occurs, this function should take care
+        // not to do anything which might provoke a nested exception! It may be
+        // overridden if you wish to react somehow in non-default way (core
+        // dump under Unix, application crash under Windows) to fatal program
+        // errors, however extreme care should be taken if you don't want this
+        // function to crash.
+        //
+        // Override: rarely.
+    virtual void OnFatalException() { }
+
+    // the worker functions - usually not used directly by the user code
+    // -----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+        // execute the main GUI loop, the function returns when the loop ends
+    virtual int MainLoop() = 0;
+
+        // exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration (i.e. it does not
+        // stop the program immediately!)
+    virtual void ExitMainLoop() = 0;
+
+        // returns TRUE if the program is initialized
+    virtual bool Initialized() = 0;
+
+        // returns TRUE if there are unprocessed events in the event queue
+    virtual bool Pending() = 0;
+
+        // process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
+        // apperas if there are none currently)
+    virtual void Dispatch() = 0;
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+    // application info: name, description, vendor
+    // -------------------------------------------
+
+    // NB: all these should be set by the application itself, there are no
+    //     reasonable default except for the application name which is taken to
+    //     be argv[0]
+
+        // set/get the application name
+    wxString GetAppName() const
+    {
+        if ( !m_appName )
+            return m_className;
+        else
+            return m_appName;
+    }
+    void SetAppName(const wxString& name) { m_appName = name; }
+
+        // set/get the app class name
+    wxString GetClassName() const { return m_className; }
+    void SetClassName(const wxString& name) { m_className = name; }
+
+        // set/get the vendor name
+    const wxString& GetVendorName() const { return m_vendorName; }
+    void SetVendorName(const wxString& name) { m_vendorName = name; }
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+    // top level window functions
+    // --------------------------
+
+        // return TRUE if our app has focus
+    virtual bool IsActive() const { return m_isActive; }
+
+        // set the "main" top level window
+    void SetTopWindow(wxWindow *win) { m_topWindow = win; }
+
+        // return the "main" top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
+        // with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
+        // there are none, will return NULL)
+    virtual wxWindow *GetTopWindow() const
+    {
+        if (m_topWindow)
+            return m_topWindow;
+        else if (wxTopLevelWindows.GetCount() > 0)
+            return wxTopLevelWindows.GetFirst()->GetData();
+        else
+            return (wxWindow *)NULL;
+    }
+
+        // control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the
+        // main loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level
+        // program window is deleted. Beware that if you disabel this (with
+        // SetExitOnFrameDelete(FALSE)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
+        // explicitly from somewhere.
+    void SetExitOnFrameDelete(bool flag) { m_exitOnFrameDelete = flag; }
+    bool GetExitOnFrameDelete() const { return m_exitOnFrameDelete; }
+
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+    // cmd line parsing stuff
+    // ----------------------
+
+    // all of these methods may be overridden in the derived class to
+    // customize the command line parsing (by default only a few standard
+    // options are handled)
+    //
+    // you also need to call wxApp::OnInit() from YourApp::OnInit() for all
+    // this to work
+
+#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
+    // this one is called from OnInit() to add all supported options
+    // to the given parser
+    virtual void OnInitCmdLine(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
+
+    // called after successfully parsing the command line, return TRUE
+    // to continue and FALSE to exit
+    virtual bool OnCmdLineParsed(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
+
+    // called if "--help" option was specified, return TRUE to continue
+    // and FALSE to exit
+    virtual bool OnCmdLineHelp(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
+
+    // called if incorrect command line options were given, return
+    // FALSE to abort and TRUE to continue
+    virtual bool OnCmdLineError(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
+#endif // wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
+
+    // miscellaneous customization functions
+    // -------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_LOG
+        // override this function to create default log target of arbitrary
+        // user-defined class (default implementation creates a wxLogGui
+        // object) - this log object is used by default by all wxLogXXX()
+        // functions.
+    virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget()
+        #if wxUSE_GUI && wxUSE_LOGGUI && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
+            { return new wxLogGui; }
+        #else // !GUI
+            { return new wxLogStderr; }
+        #endif // wxUSE_GUI
+#endif // wxUSE_LOG
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+        // get the standard icon used by wxWin dialogs - this allows the user
+        // to customize the standard dialogs. The 'which' parameter is one of
+        // wxICON_XXX values
+    virtual wxIcon GetStdIcon(int which) const = 0;
+
+        // VZ: what does this do exactly?
+    void SetWantDebugOutput( bool flag ) { m_wantDebugOutput = flag; }
+    bool GetWantDebugOutput() const { return m_wantDebugOutput; }
+
+        // set use of best visual flag (see below)
+    void SetUseBestVisual( bool flag ) { m_useBestVisual = flag; }
+    bool GetUseBestVisual() const { return m_useBestVisual; }
+
+        // set/get printing mode: see wxPRINT_XXX constants.
+        //
+        // default behaviour is the normal one for Unix: always use PostScript
+        // printing.
+    virtual void SetPrintMode(int WXUNUSED(mode)) { }
+    int GetPrintMode() const { return wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT; }
+
+    // called by toolkit-specific code to set the app status: active (we have
+    // focus) or not and also the last window which had focus before we were
+    // deactivated
+    virtual void SetActive(bool isActive, wxWindow *lastFocus);
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+    // debugging support
+    // -----------------
+
+    // this function is called when an assert failure occurs, the base class
+    // version does the normal processing (i.e. shows the usual assert failure
+    // dialog box)
+#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
+    virtual void OnAssert(const wxChar *file, int line, const wxChar *msg);
+#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+
+    // implementation only from now on
+    // -------------------------------
+
+    // helpers for dynamic wxApp construction
+    static void SetInitializerFunction(wxAppInitializerFunction fn)
+        { m_appInitFn = fn; }
+    static wxAppInitializerFunction GetInitializerFunction()
+        { return m_appInitFn; }
+
+    // process all events in the wxPendingEvents list
+    virtual void ProcessPendingEvents();
+
+    // access to the command line arguments
+    int      argc;
+    wxChar **argv;
+
+protected:
+    // function used for dynamic wxApp creation
+    static wxAppInitializerFunction m_appInitFn;
+
+    // application info (must be set from the user code)
+    wxString m_vendorName,      // vendor name (ACME Inc)
+             m_appName,         // app name
+             m_className;       // class name
+
+    // TRUE if the application wants to get debug output
+    bool m_wantDebugOutput;
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+    // the main top level window - may be NULL
+    wxWindow *m_topWindow;
+
+    // if TRUE, exit the main loop when the last top level window is deleted
+    bool m_exitOnFrameDelete;
+
+    // TRUE if the apps whats to use the best visual on systems where
+    // more than one are available (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4.0 ?)
+    bool m_useBestVisual;
+
+    // does any of our windows has focus?
+    bool m_isActive;
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// now include the declaration of the real class
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+    #if defined(__WXMSW__)
+        #include "wx/msw/app.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+        #include "wx/motif/app.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+        #include "wx/mgl/app.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXQT__)
+        #include "wx/qt/app.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+        #include "wx/gtk/app.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+        #include "wx/mac/app.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXPM__)
+        #include "wx/os2/app.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+        #include "wx/stubs/app.h"
+    #endif
+#else // !GUI
+    // can't use typedef because wxApp forward declared as a class
+    class WXDLLEXPORT wxApp : public wxAppBase
+    {
+    };
+#endif // GUI/!GUI
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// the global data
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// the one and only application object - use of wxTheApp in application code
+// is discouraged, consider using DECLARE_APP() after which you may call
+// wxGetApp() which will return the object of the correct type (i.e. MyApp and
+// not wxApp)
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxApp*) wxTheApp;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// global functions
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// event loop related functions only work in GUI programs
+// ------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Force an exit from main loop
+extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxExit();
+
+// Yield to other apps/messages
+extern bool WXDLLEXPORT wxYield();
+
+// Yield to other apps/messages
+extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxWakeUpIdle();
+
+// Post a message to the given eventhandler which will be processed during the
+// next event loop iteration
+inline void wxPostEvent(wxEvtHandler *dest, wxEvent& event)
+{
+    wxCHECK_RET( dest, wxT("need an object to post event to in wxPostEvent") );
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+    dest->AddPendingEvent(event);
+#else
+    dest->ProcessEvent(event);
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+}
+
+// console applications may avoid using DECLARE_APP and IMPLEMENT_APP macros
+// and call these functions instead at the program startup and termination
+// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if !wxUSE_GUI
+
+// initialize the library (may be called as many times as needed, but each
+// call to wxInitialize() must be matched by wxUninitialize())
+extern bool WXDLLEXPORT wxInitialize();
+
+// clean up - the library can't be used any more after the last call to
+// wxUninitialize()
+extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxUninitialize();
+
+// create an object of this class on stack to initialize/cleanup thel ibrary
+// automatically
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxInitializer
+{
+public:
+    // initialize the library
+    wxInitializer() { m_ok = wxInitialize(); }
+
+    // has the initialization been successful? (explicit test)
+    bool IsOk() const { return m_ok; }
+
+    // has the initialization been successful? (implicit test)
+    operator bool() const { return m_ok; }
+
+    // dtor only does clean up if we initialized the library properly
+    ~wxInitializer() { if ( m_ok ) wxUninitialize(); }
+
+private:
+    bool m_ok;
+};
+
+#endif // !wxUSE_GUI
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// macros for dynamic creation of the application object
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Having a global instance of this class allows wxApp to be aware of the app
+// creator function. wxApp can then call this function to create a new app
+// object. Convoluted, but necessary.
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxAppInitializer
+{
+public:
+    wxAppInitializer(wxAppInitializerFunction fn)
+        { wxApp::SetInitializerFunction(fn); }
+};
+
+// Here's a macro you can use if your compiler really, really wants main() to
+// be in your main program (e.g. hello.cpp). Now IMPLEMENT_APP should add this
+// code if required.
+
+#if !wxUSE_GUI || defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__WXMGL__)
+    #define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN \
+        extern int wxEntry( int argc, char *argv[] ); \
+        int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { return wxEntry(argc, argv); }
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__) && defined(__UNIX__)
+    // wxMac seems to have a specific wxEntry prototype
+    #define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN \
+        extern int wxEntry( int argc, char *argv[], bool enterLoop = 1 ); \
+        int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { return wxEntry(argc, argv); }
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(WXUSINGDLL)
+    // NT defines APIENTRY, 3.x not
+    #if !defined(WXAPIENTRY)
+        #define WXAPIENTRY WXFAR wxSTDCALL
+    #endif
+
+    #include <windows.h>
+    #include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
+
+    #define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN \
+        extern "C" int WXAPIENTRY WinMain(HINSTANCE hInstance,\
+                                          HINSTANCE hPrevInstance,\
+                                          LPSTR m_lpCmdLine, int nCmdShow)\
+        {\
+            return wxEntry((WXHINSTANCE) hInstance,\
+                           (WXHINSTANCE) hPrevInstance,\
+                           m_lpCmdLine, nCmdShow);\
+        }
+#else
+    #define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+    #include "wx/univ/theme.h"
+
+    #define IMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT \
+        WX_USE_THEME(win32); \
+        WX_USE_THEME(gtk);
+#else
+    #define IMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+// Use this macro if you want to define your own main() or WinMain() function
+// and call wxEntry() from there.
+#define IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname)                   \
+    wxApp *wxCreateApp() { return new appname; }         \
+    wxAppInitializer wxTheAppInitializer((wxAppInitializerFunction) wxCreateApp); \
+    appname& wxGetApp() { return *(appname *)wxTheApp; }
+
+// Same as IMPLEMENT_APP() normally but doesn't include themes support in
+// wxUniversal builds
+#define IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(appname)    \
+    IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname)          \
+    IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN
+
+// Use this macro exactly once, the argument is the name of the wxApp-derived
+// class which is the class of your application.
+#define IMPLEMENT_APP(appname)              \
+    IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(appname)        \
+    IMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT
+
+// this macro can be used multiple times and just allows you to use wxGetApp()
+// function
+#define DECLARE_APP(appname) extern appname& wxGetApp();
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_APP_H_BASE_

include/wx/bitmap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/bitmap.h
+// Purpose:     wxBitmap class interface
+// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     22.04.01
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "bitmapbase.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/object.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
+#include "wx/gdicmn.h"  // for wxBitmapType
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandler;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxImage;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMask;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette;
+
+#if defined(__WXMGL__) || defined(__WXMAC__)
+// Only used by some ports
+// FIXME -- make all ports (but MSW which uses wxGDIImage) use these base classes
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxBitmapHandler: class which knows how to create/load/save bitmaps in
+// different formats
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandlerBase : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+    wxBitmapHandlerBase()
+    {
+        m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID;
+    }
+
+    virtual ~wxBitmapHandlerBase() { }
+
+    virtual bool Create(wxBitmap *bitmap, void *data, long flags,
+                          int width, int height, int depth = 1) = 0;
+    virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags,
+                          int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight) = 0;
+    virtual bool SaveFile(const wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name,
+                          int type, const wxPalette *palette = NULL) = 0;
+
+    void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
+    void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
+    void SetType(wxBitmapType type) { m_type = type; }
+    wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
+    wxString GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
+    wxBitmapType GetType() const { return m_type; }
+
+protected:
+    wxString      m_name;
+    wxString      m_extension;
+    wxBitmapType  m_type;
+
+    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBitmapHandlerBase)
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapBase : public wxGDIObject
+{
+public:
+    wxBitmapBase() : wxGDIObject() {}
+    virtual ~wxBitmapBase() {}
+
+    /*
+    Derived class must implement these:
+
+    wxBitmap();
+    wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
+    wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1);
+    wxBitmap(const char **bits);
+    wxBitmap(char **bits);
+    wxBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp);
+    wxBitmap(const wxString &filename, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM);
+    wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = -1);
+    wxBitmap& operator = (const wxBitmap& bmp);
+    bool operator == (const wxBitmap& bmp) const;
+    bool operator != (const wxBitmap& bmp) const;
+
+    bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
+
+    static void InitStandardHandlers();
+    */
+
+    virtual bool Ok() const = 0;
+
+    virtual int GetHeight() const = 0;
+    virtual int GetWidth() const = 0;
+    virtual int GetDepth() const = 0;
+
+    virtual wxImage ConvertToImage() const = 0;
+
+    virtual wxMask *GetMask() const = 0;
+    virtual void SetMask(wxMask *mask) = 0;
+
+    virtual wxBitmap GetSubBitmap(const wxRect& rect) const = 0;
+
+    virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type,
+                          const wxPalette *palette = (wxPalette *)NULL) const = 0;
+    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type) = 0;
+
+    virtual wxPalette *GetPalette() const = 0;
+    virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette) = 0;
+
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+    wxPalette *GetColourMap() const { return GetPalette(); }
+    void SetColourMap(wxPalette *cmap) { SetPalette(*cmap); };
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+
+    // copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap
+    virtual bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon) = 0;
+
+    // implementation:
+    virtual void SetHeight(int height) = 0;
+    virtual void SetWidth(int width) = 0;
+    virtual void SetDepth(int depth) = 0;
+
+    // Format handling
+    static inline wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; }
+    static void AddHandler(wxBitmapHandlerBase *handler);
+    static void InsertHandler(wxBitmapHandlerBase *handler);
+    static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name);
+    static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name);
+    static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxBitmapType bitmapType);
+    static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(wxBitmapType bitmapType);
+
+    //static void InitStandardHandlers();
+    //  (wxBitmap must implement this one)
+
+    static void CleanUpHandlers();
+
+protected:
+    static wxList sm_handlers;
+
+    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBitmapBase)
+};
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/bitmap.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/bitmap.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/bitmap.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+#include "wx/mgl/bitmap.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/bitmap.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/bitmap.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/bitmap.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/bitmap.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_

include/wx/bmpbuttn.h

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/bmpbutton.h
+// Purpose:     wxBitmapButton class interface
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     25.08.00
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_
+
+#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
+
+#include "wx/bitmap.h"
+#include "wx/button.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxButtonNameStr;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxBitmapButton: a button which shows bitmaps instead of the usual string.
+// It has different bitmaps for different states (focused/disabled/pressed)
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapButtonBase : public wxButton
+{
+public:
+    wxBitmapButtonBase() { m_marginX = m_marginY = 0; }
+
+    // set the bitmaps
+    void SetBitmapLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
+        { m_bmpNormal = bitmap; OnSetBitmap(); }
+    void SetBitmapSelected(const wxBitmap& sel)
+        { m_bmpSelected = sel; OnSetBitmap(); };
+    void SetBitmapFocus(const wxBitmap& focus)
+        { m_bmpFocus = focus; OnSetBitmap(); };
+    void SetBitmapDisabled(const wxBitmap& disabled)
+        { m_bmpDisabled = disabled; OnSetBitmap(); };
+    void SetLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
+        { SetBitmapLabel(bitmap); }
+
+    // retrieve the bitmaps
+    const wxBitmap& GetBitmapLabel() const { return m_bmpNormal; }
+    const wxBitmap& GetBitmapSelected() const { return m_bmpSelected; }
+    const wxBitmap& GetBitmapFocus() const { return m_bmpFocus; }
+    const wxBitmap& GetBitmapDisabled() const { return m_bmpDisabled; }
+    wxBitmap& GetBitmapLabel() { return m_bmpNormal; }
+    wxBitmap& GetBitmapSelected() { return m_bmpSelected; }
+    wxBitmap& GetBitmapFocus() { return m_bmpFocus; }
+    wxBitmap& GetBitmapDisabled() { return m_bmpDisabled; }
+
+    // set/get the margins around the button
+    virtual void SetMargins(int x, int y) { m_marginX = x; m_marginY = y; }
+    int GetMarginX() const { return m_marginX; }
+    int GetMarginY() const { return m_marginY; }
+
+protected:
+    // function called when any of the bitmaps changes
+    virtual void OnSetBitmap() { }
+
+    // the bitmaps for various states
+    wxBitmap m_bmpNormal,
+             m_bmpSelected,
+             m_bmpFocus,
+             m_bmpDisabled;
+
+    // the margins around the bitmap
+    int m_marginX,
+        m_marginY;
+private:
+    // Prevent Virtual function hiding warnings
+    void SetLabel(const wxString& rsLabel)
+    { wxWindowBase::SetLabel(rsLabel); }
+};
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/bmpbuttn.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/bmpbuttn.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/bmpbuttn.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/bmpbuttn.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/bmpbuttn.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/bmpbuttn.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/bmpbuttn.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
+
+#endif // _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_

include/wx/brush.h

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#ifndef _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/brush.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/brush.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/brush.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+#include "wx/mgl/brush.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/brush.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/brush.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/brush.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/brush.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_

include/wx/button.h

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/button.h
+// Purpose:     wxButtonBase class
+// Author:      Vadim Zetlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     15.08.00
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zetlin
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_
+
+#if wxUSE_BUTTON
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxButton flags
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// all these flags are obsolete
+#define wxBU_NOAUTODRAW      0x0000
+#define wxBU_AUTODRAW        0x0004
+#define wxBU_LEFT            0x0040
+#define wxBU_TOP             0x0080
+#define wxBU_RIGHT           0x0100
+#define wxBU_BOTTOM          0x0200
+
+// by default, the buttons will be created with some (system dependent)
+// minimal size to make them look nicer, giving this style will make them as
+// small as possible
+#define wxBU_EXACTFIT        0x0001
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxButtonNameStr;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxButton: a push button
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxButtonBase : public wxControl
+{
+public:
+    // show the image in the button in addition to the label
+    virtual void SetImageLabel(const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bitmap)) { }
+
+    // set the margins around the image
+    virtual void SetImageMargins(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y)) { }
+
+    // this wxButton method is called when the button becomes the default one
+    // on its panel
+    virtual void SetDefault() { }
+
+    // returns the default button size for this platform
+    static wxSize GetDefaultSize();
+};
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/button.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/button.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/button.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/button.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/button.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/button.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/button.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/button.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_

include/wx/checkbox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/checkbox.h
+// Purpose:     wxCheckBox class interface
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     07.09.00
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_
+
+#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxCheckBoxNameStr;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxCheckBox: a control which shows a label and a box which may be checked
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBoxBase : public wxControl
+{
+public:
+    // set/get the checked status of the listbox
+    virtual void SetValue(bool value) = 0;
+    virtual bool GetValue() const = 0;
+
+    bool IsChecked() const { return GetValue(); }
+};
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/checkbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/checkbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/checkbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/checkbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/checkbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/checkbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/checkbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/checkbox.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_

include/wx/checklst.h

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/checklst.h
+// Purpose:     wxCheckListBox class interface
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     12.09.00
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_
+
+#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
+
+#include "wx/listbox.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxCheckListBox: a listbox whose items may be checked
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckListBoxBase : public wxListBox
+{
+public:
+    // check list box specific methods
+    virtual bool IsChecked(size_t item) const = 0;
+    virtual void Check(size_t item, bool check = TRUE) = 0;
+};
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/checklst.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/checklst.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/checklst.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/checklst.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/checklst.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/checklst.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/checklst.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/checklst.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_

include/wx/choice.h

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/choice.h
+// Purpose:     wxChoice class interface
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     26.07.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "choicebase.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_CHOICE
+
+#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"     // the base class
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// global data
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxChoiceNameStr;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxChoice allows to select one of a non-modifiable list of strings
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoiceBase : public wxControlWithItems
+{
+public:
+    // all generic methods are in wxControlWithItems
+#ifdef __DARWIN__
+    virtual ~wxChoiceBase() {}
+#endif
+
+    // single selection logic
+    virtual void SetSelection(int n) = 0;
+    virtual bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s);
+
+    // don't override this
+    virtual void Select(int n) { SetSelection(n); }
+
+    // set/get the number of columns in the control (as they're not supporte on
+    // most platforms, they do nothing by default)
+    virtual void SetColumns(int WXUNUSED(n) = 1 ) { }
+    virtual int GetColumns() const { return 1 ; }
+
+    // emulate selecting the item event.GetInt()
+    void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
+
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// include the platform-dependent class definition
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/choice.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/choice.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/choice.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/choice.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/choice.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/choice.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/choice.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_CHOICE
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_

include/wx/clipbrd.h

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/clipbrd.h
+// Purpose:     wxClipboad class and clipboard functions
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     19.10.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows Team
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "clipboardbase.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
+
+
+#include "wx/object.h"
+#include "wx/wxchar.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataFormat;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObject;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxClipboard represents the system clipboard. Normally, you should use
+// wxTheClipboard which is a global pointer to the (unique) clipboard.
+//
+// Clipboard can be used to copy data to/paste data from. It works together
+// with wxDataObject.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxClipboardBase : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+    wxClipboardBase();
+
+    // open the clipboard before Add/SetData() and GetData()
+    virtual bool Open() = 0;
+
+    // close the clipboard after Add/SetData() and GetData()
+    virtual void Close() = 0;
+
+    // query whether the clipboard is opened
+    virtual bool IsOpened() const = 0;
+
+    // add to the clipboard data
+    //
+    // NB: the clipboard owns the pointer and will delete it, so data must be
+    //     allocated on the heap
+    virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data ) = 0;
+
+    // set the clipboard data, this is the same as Clear() followed by
+    // AddData()
+    virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data ) = 0;
+
+    // ask if data in correct format is available
+    virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format ) = 0;
+
+    // fill data with data on the clipboard (if available)
+    virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data ) = 0;
+    
+    // clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible
+    virtual void Clear() = 0;
+
+    // flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on
+    // clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly
+    // eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit
+    virtual bool Flush() { return FALSE; }
+
+    // X11 has two clipboards which get selected by this call. Empty on MSW.
+    virtual void UsePrimarySelection( bool WXUNUSED(primary) = FALSE ) { }
+
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// include platform-specific class declaration
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/clipbrd.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/clipbrd.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/clipbrd.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+    #include "wx/mgl/clipbrd.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/clipbrd.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/clipbrd.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/clipbrd.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/clipbrd.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// globals
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// The global clipboard object
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxClipboard *) wxTheClipboard;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// helpful class for opening the clipboard and automatically closing it
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxClipboardLocker
+{
+public:
+    wxClipboardLocker(wxClipboard *clipboard = (wxClipboard *)NULL)
+    {
+        m_clipboard = clipboard ? clipboard : wxTheClipboard;
+        if ( m_clipboard )
+        {
+            m_clipboard->Open();
+        }
+    }
+
+    bool operator!() const { return !m_clipboard->IsOpened(); }
+
+    ~wxClipboardLocker()
+    {
+        if ( m_clipboard )
+        {
+            m_clipboard->Close();
+        }
+    }
+
+private:
+    wxClipboard *m_clipboard;
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
+
+#endif // _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_

include/wx/colour.h

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#ifndef _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/colour.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/colour.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/colour.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+#include "wx/mgl/colour.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/colour.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/colour.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/colour.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/colour.h"
+#endif
+
+#define wxColor wxColour
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_

include/wx/combobox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/combobox.h
+// Purpose:     wxComboBox declaration
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     24.12.00
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) 1996-2000 wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxComboBoxNameStr;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxComboBoxBase: this interface defines the methods wxComboBox must implement
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboBoxBase : public wxItemContainer
+{
+public:
+    // wxTextCtrl-like methods wxComboBox must implement
+    virtual wxString GetValue() const = 0;
+    virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value) = 0;
+
+    virtual void Copy() = 0;
+    virtual void Cut() = 0;
+    virtual void Paste() = 0;
+    virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos) = 0;
+    virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const = 0;
+    virtual long GetLastPosition() const = 0;
+    virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value) = 0;
+    virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to) = 0;
+    virtual void SetEditable(bool editable) = 0;
+
+    virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd()
+        { SetInsertionPoint(GetLastPosition()); }
+    virtual void Remove(long from, long to)
+        { Replace(from, to, wxEmptyString); }
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// include the platform-dependent header defining the real class
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/combobox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/combobox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/combobox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/combobox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/combobox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/combobox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/combobox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/combobox.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_

include/wx/control.h

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/control.h
+// Purpose:     wxControl common interface
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     26.07.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "controlbase.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
+
+#include "wx/window.h"      // base class
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxControlNameStr;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxControl is the base class for all controls
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxControlBase : public wxWindow
+{
+public:
+    // Create() function adds the validator parameter
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                long style = 0,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr);
+
+    // simulates the event of given type (i.e. wxButton::Command() is just as
+    // if the button was clicked)
+    virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent &event);
+
+    // get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
+    int GetAlignment() const { return m_windowStyle & wxALIGN_MASK; }
+
+#ifdef __DARWIN__
+    virtual ~wxControlBase() { }
+#endif
+
+protected:
+    // creates the control (calls wxWindowBase::CreateBase inside) and adds it
+    // to the list of parents children
+    bool CreateControl(wxWindowBase *parent,
+                       wxWindowID id,
+                       const wxPoint& pos,
+                       const wxSize& size,
+                       long style,
+                       const wxValidator& validator,
+                       const wxString& name);
+
+    // inherit colour and font settings from the parent window
+    void InheritAttributes();
+
+    // initialize the common fields of wxCommandEvent
+    void InitCommandEvent(wxCommandEvent& event) const;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// include platform-dependent wxControl declarations
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/control.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/control.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/control.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/control.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/control.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/control.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/control.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/control.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_

include/wx/cursor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+#ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/cursor.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/cursor.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/cursor.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+#include "wx/mgl/cursor.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/cursor.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/cursor.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/cursor.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/cursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+
+/* This is a small class which can be used by all ports
+   to temporarily suspend the busy cursor. Useful in modal
+   dialogs.
+
+   Actually that is not (any longer) quite true..  currently it is
+   only used in wxGTK Dialog::ShowModal() and now uses static
+   wxBusyCursor methods that are only implemented for wxGTK so far.
+   The BusyCursor handling code should probably be implemented in
+   common code somewhere instead of the separate implementations we
+   currently have.  Also the name BusyCursorSuspender is a little
+   misleading since it doesn't actually suspend the BusyCursor, just
+   masks one that is already showing.
+   If another call to wxBeginBusyCursor is made while this is active
+   the Busy Cursor will again be shown.  But at least now it doesn't
+   interfere with the state of wxIsBusy() -- RL
+
+*/
+class wxBusyCursorSuspender
+{
+public:
+    wxBusyCursorSuspender()
+    {
+        if( wxIsBusy() )
+        {
+            wxSetCursor( wxBusyCursor::GetStoredCursor() );
+        }
+    }
+    ~wxBusyCursorSuspender()
+    {
+        if( wxIsBusy() )
+        {
+            wxSetCursor( wxBusyCursor::GetBusyCursor() );
+        }
+    }
+};
+#endif
+    // _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_

include/wx/dataobj.h

@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/dataobj.h
+// Purpose:     common data object classes
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     26.05.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows Team
+// Licence:     wxWindows license
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "dataobjbase.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+#include "wx/bitmap.h"
+#include "wx/list.h"
+
+// ============================================================================
+/*
+   Generic data transfer related classes. The class hierarchy is as follows:
+
+                                - wxDataObject-
+                               /               \
+                              /                 \
+            wxDataObjectSimple                  wxDataObjectComposite
+           /           |      \
+          /            |       \
+   wxTextDataObject    |     wxBitmapDataObject
+                       |
+               wxCustomDataObject
+
+*/
+// ============================================================================
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDataFormat class is declared in platform-specific headers: it represents
+// a format for data which may be either one of the standard ones (text,
+// bitmap, ...) or a custom one which is then identified by a unique string.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/* the class interface looks like this (pseudo code):
+
+class wxDataFormat
+{
+public:
+    typedef <integral type> NativeFormat;
+
+    wxDataFormat(NativeFormat format = wxDF_INVALID);
+    wxDataFormat(const wxChar *format);
+
+    wxDataFormat& operator=(NativeFormat format);
+    wxDataFormat& operator=(const wxDataFormat& format);
+
+    bool operator==(NativeFormat format) const;
+    bool operator!=(NativeFormat format) const;
+
+    void SetType(NativeFormat format);
+    NativeFormat GetType() const;
+
+    wxString GetId() const;
+    void SetId(const wxChar *format);
+};
+
+*/
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/ole/dataform.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/dataform.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/dataform.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/dataform.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/dataform.h"
+#endif
+
+// the value for default argument to some functions (corresponds to
+// wxDF_INVALID)
+extern WXDLLEXPORT const wxDataFormat& wxFormatInvalid;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDataObject represents a piece of data which knows which formats it
+// supports and knows how to render itself in each of them - GetDataHere(),
+// and how to restore data from the buffer (SetData()).
+//
+// Although this class may be used directly (i.e. custom classes may be
+// derived from it), in many cases it might be simpler to use either
+// wxDataObjectSimple or wxDataObjectComposite classes.
+//
+// A data object may be "read only", i.e. support only GetData() functions or
+// "read-write", i.e. support both GetData() and SetData() (in principle, it
+// might be "write only" too, but this is rare). Moreover, it doesn't have to
+// support the same formats in Get() and Set() directions: for example, a data
+// object containing JPEG image might accept BMPs in GetData() because JPEG
+// image may be easily transformed into BMP but not in SetData(). Accordingly,
+// all methods dealing with formats take an additional "direction" argument
+// which is either SET or GET and which tells the function if the format needs
+// to be supported by SetData() or GetDataHere().
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObjectBase
+{
+public:
+    enum Direction
+    {
+        Get  = 0x01,    // format is supported by GetDataHere()
+        Set  = 0x02,    // format is supported by SetData()
+        Both = 0x03     // format is supported by both (unused currently)
+    };
+
+    // this class is polymorphic, hence it needs a virtual dtor
+    virtual ~wxDataObjectBase();
+
+    // get the best suited format for rendering our data
+    virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir = Get) const = 0;
+
+    // get the number of formats we support
+    virtual size_t GetFormatCount(Direction dir = Get) const = 0;
+
+    // return all formats in the provided array (of size GetFormatCount())
+    virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats,
+                               Direction dir = Get) const = 0;
+
+    // get the (total) size of data for the given format
+    virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const = 0;
+
+    // copy raw data (in the specified format) to the provided buffer, return
+    // TRUE if data copied successfully, FALSE otherwise
+    virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const = 0;
+
+    // get data from the buffer of specified length (in the given format),
+    // return TRUE if the data was read successfully, FALSE otherwise
+    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
+                         size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void * WXUNUSED(buf))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // returns TRUE if this format is supported
+    bool IsSupported(const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir = Get) const;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// include the platform-specific declarations of wxDataObject
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/ole/dataobj.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/dataobj.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/dataobj.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/dnd.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/dataobj.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/dataobj.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/dnd.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDataObjectSimple is a wxDataObject which only supports one format (in
+// both Get and Set directions, but you may return FALSE from GetDataHere() or
+// SetData() if one of them is not supported). This is the simplest possible
+// wxDataObject implementation.
+//
+// This is still an "abstract base class" (although it doesn't have any pure
+// virtual functions), to use it you should derive from it and implement
+// GetDataSize(), GetDataHere() and SetData() functions because the base class
+// versions don't do anything - they just return "not implemented".
+//
+// This class should be used when you provide data in only one format (no
+// conversion to/from other formats), either a standard or a custom one.
+// Otherwise, you should use wxDataObjectComposite or wxDataObject directly.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObjectSimple : public wxDataObject
+{
+public:
+    // ctor takes the format we support, but it can also be set later with
+    // SetFormat()
+    wxDataObjectSimple(const wxDataFormat& format = wxFormatInvalid)
+        : m_format(format)
+        {
+        }
+
+    // get/set the format we support
+    const wxDataFormat& GetFormat() const { return m_format; }
+    void SetFormat(const wxDataFormat& format) { m_format = format; }
+
+    // virtual functions to override in derived class (the base class versions
+    // just return "not implemented")
+    // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    // get the size of our data
+    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const
+        { return 0; }
+
+    // copy our data to the buffer
+    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *WXUNUSED(buf)) const
+        { return FALSE; }
+
+    // copy data from buffer to our data
+    virtual bool SetData(size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void *WXUNUSED(buf))
+        { return FALSE; }
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    // ----------------------------------
+    virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const
+        { return m_format; }
+    virtual size_t GetFormatCount(wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const
+        { return 1; }
+    virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats,
+                               wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const
+        { *formats = m_format; }
+    virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const
+        { return GetDataSize(); }
+    virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
+                             void *buf) const
+        { return GetDataHere(buf); }
+    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
+                         size_t len, const void *buf)
+        { return SetData(len, buf); }
+
+private:
+    // the one and only format we support
+    wxDataFormat m_format;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDataObjectComposite is the simplest way to implement wxDataObject
+// supporting multiple formats. It contains several wxDataObjectSimple and
+// supports all formats supported by any of them.
+//
+// This class shouldn't be (normally) derived from, but may be used directly.
+// If you need more flexibility than what it provides, you should probably use
+// wxDataObject directly.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDataObjectSimple, wxSimpleDataObjectList);
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObjectComposite : public wxDataObject
+{
+public:
+    // ctor
+    wxDataObjectComposite() { m_preferred = 0; }
+
+    // add data object (it will be deleted by wxDataObjectComposite, hence it
+    // must be allocated on the heap) whose format will become the preferred
+    // one if preferred == TRUE
+    void Add(wxDataObjectSimple *dataObject, bool preferred = FALSE);
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    // ----------------------------------
+    virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const;
+    virtual size_t GetFormatCount(wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const;
+    virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const;
+    virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const;
+    virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const;
+    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t len, const void *buf);
+
+protected:
+    // returns the pointer to the object which supports this format or NULL
+    wxDataObjectSimple *GetObject(const wxDataFormat& format) const;
+
+private:
+    // the list of all (simple) data objects whose formats we support
+    wxSimpleDataObjectList m_dataObjects;
+
+    // the index of the preferred one (0 initially, so by default the first
+    // one is the preferred)
+    size_t m_preferred;
+};
+
+// ============================================================================
+// Standard implementations of wxDataObjectSimple which can be used directly
+// (i.e. without having to derive from them) for standard data type transfers.
+//
+// Note that although all of them can work with provided data, you can also
+// override their virtual GetXXX() functions to only provide data on demand.
+// ============================================================================
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxTextDataObject contains text data
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
+{
+public:
+    // ctor: you can specify the text here or in SetText(), or override
+    // GetText()
+    wxTextDataObject(const wxString& text = wxEmptyString)
+        : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_TEXT), m_text(text)
+        {
+        }
+
+    // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide text on
+    // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
+    virtual size_t GetTextLength() const { return m_text.Len() + 1; }
+    virtual wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
+    virtual void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; }
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    // ----------------------------------
+    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
+    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
+    virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
+
+private:
+    wxString m_text;
+
+    // virtual function hiding supression
+    size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const
+        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataSize(format)); }
+    bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *pBuf) const
+        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataHere(format, pBuf)); }
+    bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t nLen, const void* pBuf)
+        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::SetData(format, nLen, pBuf)); }
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxBitmapDataObject contains a bitmap
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapDataObjectBase : public wxDataObjectSimple
+{
+public:
+    // ctor: you can specify the bitmap here or in SetBitmap(), or override
+    // GetBitmap()
+    wxBitmapDataObjectBase(const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap)
+        : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_BITMAP), m_bitmap(bitmap)
+        {
+        }
+
+    // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on
+    // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
+    virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
+    virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; }
+
+protected:
+    wxBitmap m_bitmap;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxFileDataObject contains a list of filenames
+//
+// NB: notice that this is a "write only" object, it can only be filled with
+//     data from drag and drop operation.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDataObjectBase : public wxDataObjectSimple
+{
+public:
+    // ctor: use AddFile() later to fill the array
+    wxFileDataObjectBase() : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_FILENAME) { }
+
+    // get a reference to our array
+    const wxArrayString& GetFilenames() const { return m_filenames; }
+
+    // the Get() functions do nothing for us
+    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const { return 0; }
+    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *WXUNUSED(buf)) const { return FALSE; }
+
+protected:
+    wxArrayString m_filenames;
+
+private:
+    // Virtual function hiding supression
+    size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const
+        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataSize(format)); }
+    bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void* pBuf) const
+        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataHere(format, pBuf)); }
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxCustomDataObject contains arbitrary untyped user data.
+//
+// It is understood that this data can be copied bitwise.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCustomDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
+{
+public:
+    // if you don't specify the format in the ctor, you can still use
+    // SetFormat() later
+    wxCustomDataObject(const wxDataFormat& format = wxFormatInvalid);
+
+    // the dtor calls Free()
+    virtual ~wxCustomDataObject();
+
+    // you can call SetData() to set m_data: it will make a copy of the data
+    // you pass - or you can use TakeData() which won't copy anything, but
+    // will take ownership of data (i.e. will call Free() on it later)
+    void TakeData(size_t size, void *data);
+
+    // this function is called to allocate "size" bytes of memory from
+    // SetData(). The default version uses operator new[].
+    virtual void *Alloc(size_t size);
+
+    // this function is called when the data is freed, you may override it to
+    // anything you want (or may be nothing at all). The default version calls
+    // operator delete[] on m_data
+    virtual void Free();
+
+    // get data: you may override these functions if you wish to provide data
+    // only when it's requested
+    virtual size_t GetSize() const { return m_size; }
+    virtual void *GetData() const { return m_data; }
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    // ----------------------------------
+    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
+    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
+    virtual bool SetData(size_t size, const void *buf);
+
+private:
+    size_t m_size;
+    void  *m_data;
+
+    // virtual function hiding supression
+    size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const
+        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataSize(format)); }
+    bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void* pBuf) const
+        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataHere(format, pBuf)); }
+    bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t nLen, const void* pBuf)
+        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::SetData(format, nLen, pBuf)); }
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// include platform-specific declarations of wxXXXBase classes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h"
+
+    // wxURLDataObject defined in msw/ole/dataobj2.h
+#else // !__WXMSW__
+    #if defined(__WXGTK__)
+        #include "wx/gtk/dataobj2.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+        #include "wx/mac/dataobj2.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXPM__)
+        #include "wx/os2/dataobj2.h"
+    #endif
+
+    // wxURLDataObject is simply wxTextDataObject with a different name
+    class WXDLLEXPORT wxURLDataObject : public wxTextDataObject
+    {
+    public:
+        wxString GetURL() const { return GetText(); }
+    };
+#endif // __WXMSW__/!__WXMSW__
+
+#endif // _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_

include/wx/dc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,812 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        dc.h
+// Purpose:     wxDC class
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     05/25/99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DC_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_DC_H_BASE_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "dcbase.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers which we must include here
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/object.h"          // the base class
+
+#include "wx/cursor.h"          // we have member variables of these classes
+#include "wx/font.h"            // so we can't do without them
+#include "wx/colour.h"
+#include "wx/brush.h"
+#include "wx/pen.h"
+#include "wx/palette.h"
+
+#include "wx/list.h"            // we use wxList in inline functions
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCBase;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDrawObject
+{
+public:
+
+    wxDrawObject()
+    {
+        ResetBoundingBox();
+    }
+
+    virtual ~wxDrawObject() { }
+
+    virtual void Draw(wxDCBase&) const { }
+
+    virtual void CalcBoundingBox(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
+    {
+      if ( m_isBBoxValid )
+      {
+         if ( x < m_minX ) m_minX = x;
+         if ( y < m_minY ) m_minY = y;
+         if ( x > m_maxX ) m_maxX = x;
+         if ( y > m_maxY ) m_maxY = y;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+         m_isBBoxValid = TRUE;
+
+         m_minX = x;
+         m_minY = y;
+         m_maxX = x;
+         m_maxY = y;
+      }
+    }
+
+    void ResetBoundingBox()
+    {
+        m_isBBoxValid = FALSE;
+
+        m_minX = m_maxX = m_minY = m_maxY = 0;
+    }
+
+    // Get the final bounding box of the PostScript or Metafile picture.
+
+    wxCoord MinX() const { return m_minX; }
+    wxCoord MaxX() const { return m_maxX; }
+    wxCoord MinY() const { return m_minY; }
+    wxCoord MaxY() const { return m_maxY; }
+
+    //to define the type of object for derived objects
+    virtual int GetType()=0;
+
+protected:
+    //for boundingbox calculation
+    bool m_isBBoxValid:1;
+    //for boundingbox calculation
+    wxCoord m_minX, m_minY, m_maxX, m_maxY;
+};
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// global variables
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern int) wxPageNumber;
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDC is the device context - object on which any drawing is done
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCBase : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+    wxDCBase()
+    {
+        m_clipping = FALSE;
+        m_ok = TRUE;
+
+        ResetBoundingBox();
+
+        m_signX = m_signY = 1;
+
+        m_logicalOriginX = m_logicalOriginY =
+        m_deviceOriginX = m_deviceOriginY = 0;
+
+        m_logicalScaleX = m_logicalScaleY =
+        m_userScaleX = m_userScaleY =
+        m_scaleX = m_scaleY = 1.0;
+
+        m_logicalFunction = wxCOPY;
+
+        m_backgroundMode = wxTRANSPARENT;
+
+        m_mappingMode = wxMM_TEXT;
+
+        m_backgroundBrush = *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH;
+
+        m_textForegroundColour = *wxBLACK;
+        m_textBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
+
+        m_colour = wxColourDisplay();
+    }
+
+    ~wxDCBase() { }
+
+    virtual void BeginDrawing() { }
+    virtual void EndDrawing() { }
+
+    // graphic primitives
+    // ------------------
+
+    virtual void DrawObject(wxDrawObject* drawobject)
+    {
+        drawobject->Draw(*this);
+        CalcBoundingBox(drawobject->MinX(),drawobject->MinY());
+        CalcBoundingBox(drawobject->MaxX(),drawobject->MaxY());
+    }
+
+    void FloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col,
+                   int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE)
+        { DoFloodFill(x, y, col, style); }
+    void FloodFill(const wxPoint& pt, const wxColour& col,
+                   int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE)
+        { DoFloodFill(pt.x, pt.y, col, style); }
+
+    bool GetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const
+        { return DoGetPixel(x, y, col); }
+    bool GetPixel(const wxPoint& pt, wxColour *col) const
+        { return DoGetPixel(pt.x, pt.y, col); }
+
+    void DrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2)
+        { DoDrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y2); }
+    void DrawLine(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2)
+        { DoDrawLine(pt1.x, pt1.y, pt2.x, pt2.y); }
+
+    void CrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
+        { DoCrossHair(x, y); }
+    void CrossHair(const wxPoint& pt)
+        { DoCrossHair(pt.x, pt.y); }
+
+    void DrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
+                 wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc)
+        { DoDrawArc(x1, y1, x2, y2, xc, yc); }
+    void DrawArc(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2, const wxPoint& centre)
+        { DoDrawArc(pt1.x, pt1.y, pt2.x, pt2.y, centre.x, centre.y); }
+
+    void DrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+                       wxCoord width, wxCoord height)
+        { DoDrawCheckMark(x, y, width, height); }
+    void DrawCheckMark(const wxRect& rect)
+        { DoDrawCheckMark(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); }
+
+    void DrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
+                         double sa, double ea)
+        { DoDrawEllipticArc(x, y, w, h, sa, ea); }
+    void DrawEllipticArc(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz,
+                         double sa, double ea)
+        { DoDrawEllipticArc(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y, sa, ea); }
+
+    void DrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
+        { DoDrawPoint(x, y); }
+    void DrawPoint(const wxPoint& pt)
+        { DoDrawPoint(pt.x, pt.y); }
+
+    void DrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[],
+                   wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0)
+        { DoDrawLines(n, points, xoffset, yoffset); }
+    void DrawLines(const wxList *list,
+                   wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0);
+
+    void DrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[],
+                     wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0,
+                     int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE)
+        { DoDrawPolygon(n, points, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle); }
+
+    void DrawPolygon(const wxList *list,
+                     wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0,
+                     int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE);
+
+    void DrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height)
+        { DoDrawRectangle(x, y, width, height); }
+    void DrawRectangle(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
+        { DoDrawRectangle(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y); }
+    void DrawRectangle(const wxRect& rect)
+        { DoDrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); }
+
+    void DrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
+                              double radius)
+        { DoDrawRoundedRectangle(x, y, width, height, radius); }
+    void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz,
+                             double radius)
+        { DoDrawRoundedRectangle(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y, radius); }
+    void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxRect& r, double radius)
+        { DoDrawRoundedRectangle(r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height, radius); }
+
+    void DrawCircle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord radius)
+        { DoDrawEllipse(x - radius, y - radius, 2*radius, 2*radius); }
+    void DrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height)
+        { DoDrawEllipse(x, y, width, height); }
+    void DrawEllipse(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
+        { DoDrawEllipse(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y); }
+    void DrawEllipse(const wxRect& rect)
+        { DoDrawEllipse(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); }
+
+    void DrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
+        { DoDrawIcon(icon, x, y); }
+    void DrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxPoint& pt)
+        { DoDrawIcon(icon, pt.x, pt.y); }
+
+    void DrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+                    bool useMask = FALSE)
+        { DoDrawBitmap(bmp, x, y, useMask); }
+    void DrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, const wxPoint& pt,
+                    bool useMask = FALSE)
+        { DoDrawBitmap(bmp, pt.x, pt.y, useMask); }
+
+    void DrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
+        { DoDrawText(text, x, y); }
+    void DrawText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt)
+        { DoDrawText(text, pt.x, pt.y); }
+
+    void DrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle)
+        { DoDrawRotatedText(text, x, y, angle); }
+    void DrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt, double angle)
+        { DoDrawRotatedText(text, pt.x, pt.y, angle); }
+
+    // this version puts both optional bitmap and the text into the given
+    // rectangle and aligns is as specified by alignment parameter; it also
+    // will emphasize the character with the given index if it is != -1 and
+    // return the bounding rectangle if required
+    virtual void DrawLabel(const wxString& text,
+                           const wxBitmap& image,
+                           const wxRect& rect,
+                           int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP,
+                           int indexAccel = -1,
+                           wxRect *rectBounding = NULL);
+
+    void DrawLabel(const wxString& text, const wxRect& rect,
+                   int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP,
+                   int indexAccel = -1)
+        { DrawLabel(text, wxNullBitmap, rect, alignment, indexAccel); }
+
+    bool Blit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
+              wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
+              int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE, wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1)
+    {
+        return DoBlit(xdest, ydest, width, height,
+                      source, xsrc, ysrc, rop, useMask, xsrcMask, ysrcMask);
+    }
+    bool Blit(const wxPoint& destPt, const wxSize& sz,
+              wxDC *source, const wxPoint& srcPt,
+              int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE, const wxPoint& srcPtMask = wxPoint(-1, -1))
+    {
+        return DoBlit(destPt.x, destPt.y, sz.x, sz.y,
+                      source, srcPt.x, srcPt.y, rop, useMask, srcPtMask.x, srcPtMask.y);
+    }
+
+#if wxUSE_SPLINES
+    // TODO: this API needs fixing (wxPointList, why (!const) "wxList *"?)
+    void DrawSpline(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1,
+                    wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
+                    wxCoord x3, wxCoord y3);
+    void DrawSpline(int n, wxPoint points[]);
+
+    void DrawSpline(wxList *points) { DoDrawSpline(points); }
+#endif // wxUSE_SPLINES
+
+    // global DC operations
+    // --------------------
+
+    virtual void Clear() = 0;
+
+    virtual bool StartDoc(const wxString& WXUNUSED(message)) { return TRUE; }
+    virtual void EndDoc() { }
+
+    virtual void StartPage() { }
+    virtual void EndPage() { }
+
+    // set objects to use for drawing
+    // ------------------------------
+
+    virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font) = 0;
+    virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen) = 0;
+    virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush) = 0;
+    virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush) = 0;
+    virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode) = 0;
+    virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette) = 0;
+
+    // clipping region
+    // ---------------
+
+    void SetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height)
+        { DoSetClippingRegion(x, y, width, height); }
+    void SetClippingRegion(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
+        { DoSetClippingRegion(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y); }
+    void SetClippingRegion(const wxRect& rect)
+        { DoSetClippingRegion(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); }
+    void SetClippingRegion(const wxRegion& region)
+        { DoSetClippingRegionAsRegion(region); }
+
+    virtual void DestroyClippingRegion() = 0;
+
+    void GetClippingBox(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h) const
+        { DoGetClippingBox(x, y, w, h); }
+    void GetClippingBox(wxRect& rect) const
+        {
+          // Necessary to use intermediate variables for 16-bit compilation
+          wxCoord x, y, w, h;
+          DoGetClippingBox(&x, &y, &w, &h);
+          rect.x = x; rect.y = y; rect.width = w; rect.height = h;
+        }
+
+    // text extent
+    // -----------
+
+    virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const = 0;
+    virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const = 0;
+
+    // only works for single line strings
+    void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
+                       wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
+                       wxCoord *descent = NULL,
+                       wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
+                       wxFont *theFont = NULL) const
+        { DoGetTextExtent(string, x, y, descent, externalLeading, theFont); }
+
+    // works for single as well as multi-line strings
+    virtual void GetMultiLineTextExtent(const wxString& text,
+                                        wxCoord *width,
+                                        wxCoord *height,
+                                        wxCoord *heightLine = NULL,
+                                        wxFont *font = NULL);
+
+    // size and resolution
+    // -------------------
+
+    // in device units
+    void GetSize(int *width, int *height) const
+        { DoGetSize(width, height); }
+    wxSize GetSize() const
+    {
+        int w, h;
+        DoGetSize(&w, &h);
+
+        return wxSize(w, h);
+    }
+
+    // in mm
+    void GetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const
+        { DoGetSizeMM(width, height); }
+    wxSize GetSizeMM() const
+    {
+        int w, h;
+        DoGetSizeMM(&w, &h);
+
+        return wxSize(w, h);
+    }
+
+    // coordinates conversions
+    // -----------------------
+
+    // This group of functions does actual conversion of the input, as you'd
+    // expect.
+    wxCoord DeviceToLogicalX(wxCoord x) const;
+    wxCoord DeviceToLogicalY(wxCoord y) const;
+    wxCoord DeviceToLogicalXRel(wxCoord x) const;
+    wxCoord DeviceToLogicalYRel(wxCoord y) const;
+    wxCoord LogicalToDeviceX(wxCoord x) const;
+    wxCoord LogicalToDeviceY(wxCoord y) const;
+    wxCoord LogicalToDeviceXRel(wxCoord x) const;
+    wxCoord LogicalToDeviceYRel(wxCoord y) const;
+
+    // query DC capabilities
+    // ---------------------
+
+    virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const = 0;
+    virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const = 0;
+
+    // colour depth
+    virtual int GetDepth() const = 0;
+
+    // Resolution in Pixels per inch
+    virtual wxSize GetPPI() const = 0;
+
+    virtual bool Ok() const { return m_ok; }
+
+    // accessors
+    // ---------
+
+        // const...
+    int GetBackgroundMode() const { return m_backgroundMode; }
+    const wxBrush&  GetBackground() const { return m_backgroundBrush; }
+    const wxBrush&  GetBrush() const { return m_brush; }
+    const wxFont&   GetFont() const { return m_font; }
+    const wxPen&    GetPen() const { return m_pen; }
+    const wxColour& GetTextBackground() const { return m_textBackgroundColour; }
+    const wxColour& GetTextForeground() const { return m_textForegroundColour; }
+
+        // ... and non const
+    wxBrush&  GetBackground() { return m_backgroundBrush; }
+    wxBrush&  GetBrush() { return m_brush; }
+    wxFont&   GetFont() { return m_font; }
+    wxPen&    GetPen() { return m_pen; }
+    wxColour& GetTextBackground() { return m_textBackgroundColour; }
+    wxColour& GetTextForeground() { return m_textForegroundColour; }
+
+    virtual void SetTextForeground(const wxColour& colour)
+        { m_textForegroundColour = colour; }
+    virtual void SetTextBackground(const wxColour& colour)
+        { m_textBackgroundColour = colour; }
+
+    int GetMapMode() const { return m_mappingMode; }
+    virtual void SetMapMode(int mode) = 0;
+
+    virtual void GetUserScale(double *x, double *y) const
+    {
+        if ( x ) *x = m_userScaleX;
+        if ( y ) *y = m_userScaleY;
+    }
+    virtual void SetUserScale(double x, double y) = 0;
+
+    virtual void GetLogicalScale(double *x, double *y)
+    {
+        if ( x ) *x = m_logicalScaleX;
+        if ( y ) *y = m_logicalScaleY;
+    }
+    virtual void SetLogicalScale(double x, double y)
+    {
+        m_logicalScaleX = x;
+        m_logicalScaleY = y;
+    }
+
+    void GetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const
+        { DoGetLogicalOrigin(x, y); }
+    wxPoint GetLogicalOrigin() const
+        { wxCoord x, y; DoGetLogicalOrigin(&x, &y); return wxPoint(x, y); }
+    virtual void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
+
+    void GetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const
+        { DoGetDeviceOrigin(x, y); }
+    wxPoint GetDeviceOrigin() const
+        { wxCoord x, y; DoGetDeviceOrigin(&x, &y); return wxPoint(x, y); }
+    virtual void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
+
+    virtual void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp) = 0;
+
+    int GetLogicalFunction() const { return m_logicalFunction; }
+    virtual void SetLogicalFunction(int function) = 0;
+
+    // Sometimes we need to override optimization, e.g. if other software is
+    // drawing onto our surface and we can't be sure of who's done what.
+    //
+    // FIXME: is this (still) used?
+    virtual void SetOptimization(bool WXUNUSED(opt)) { }
+    virtual bool GetOptimization() { return FALSE; }
+
+    // Some platforms have a DC cache, which should be cleared
+    // at appropriate points such as after a series of DC operations.
+    // Put ClearCache in the wxDC implementation class, since it has to be
+    // static.
+    // static void ClearCache() ;
+#if 0 // wxUSE_DC_CACHEING
+    static void EnableCache(bool cacheing) { sm_cacheing = cacheing; }
+    static bool CacheEnabled() { return sm_cacheing ; }
+#endif
+
+    // bounding box
+    // ------------
+
+    virtual void CalcBoundingBox(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
+    {
+      if ( m_isBBoxValid )
+      {
+         if ( x < m_minX ) m_minX = x;
+         if ( y < m_minY ) m_minY = y;
+         if ( x > m_maxX ) m_maxX = x;
+         if ( y > m_maxY ) m_maxY = y;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+         m_isBBoxValid = TRUE;
+
+         m_minX = x;
+         m_minY = y;
+         m_maxX = x;
+         m_maxY = y;
+      }
+    }
+
+    void ResetBoundingBox()
+    {
+        m_isBBoxValid = FALSE;
+
+        m_minX = m_maxX = m_minY = m_maxY = 0;
+    }
+
+    // Get the final bounding box of the PostScript or Metafile picture.
+    wxCoord MinX() const { return m_minX; }
+    wxCoord MaxX() const { return m_maxX; }
+    wxCoord MinY() const { return m_minY; }
+    wxCoord MaxY() const { return m_maxY; }
+
+    // misc old functions
+    // ------------------
+
+    // for compatibility with the old code when wxCoord was long everywhere
+#ifndef __WIN16__
+    void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
+                       long *x, long *y,
+                       long *descent = NULL,
+                       long *externalLeading = NULL,
+                       wxFont *theFont = NULL) const
+    {
+        wxCoord x2, y2, descent2, externalLeading2;
+        DoGetTextExtent(string, &x2, &y2,
+                        &descent2, &externalLeading2,
+                        theFont);
+        if ( x )
+            *x = x2;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = y2;
+        if ( descent )
+            *descent = descent2;
+        if ( externalLeading )
+            *externalLeading = externalLeading2;
+    }
+
+    void GetLogicalOrigin(long *x, long *y) const
+    {
+        wxCoord x2, y2;
+        DoGetLogicalOrigin(&x2, &y2);
+        if ( x )
+            *x = x2;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = y2;
+    }
+
+    void GetDeviceOrigin(long *x, long *y) const
+    {
+        wxCoord x2, y2;
+        DoGetDeviceOrigin(&x2, &y2);
+        if ( x )
+            *x = x2;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = y2;
+    }
+    void GetClippingBox(long *x, long *y, long *w, long *h) const
+    {
+        wxCoord xx,yy,ww,hh;
+        DoGetClippingBox(&xx, &yy, &ww, &hh);
+        if (x) *x = xx;
+        if (y) *y = yy;
+        if (w) *w = ww;
+        if (h) *h = hh;
+    }
+#endif // !Win16
+
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+    virtual void SetColourMap(const wxPalette& palette) { SetPalette(palette); }
+    void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, float *x, float *y,
+            float *descent = NULL, float *externalLeading = NULL,
+            wxFont *theFont = NULL, bool use16bit = FALSE) const ;
+    void GetSize(float* width, float* height) const { int w, h; GetSize(& w, & h); *width = w; *height = h; }
+    void GetSizeMM(float *width, float *height) const { long w, h; GetSizeMM(& w, & h); *width = (float) w; *height = (float) h; }
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+
+protected:
+    // the pure virtual functions which should be implemented by wxDC
+    virtual void DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col,
+                             int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const = 0;
+
+    virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
+    virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2) = 0;
+
+    virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1,
+                           wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
+                           wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc) = 0;
+    virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+                                 wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
+    virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
+                                   double sa, double ea) = 0;
+
+    virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) = 0;
+    virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+                                        wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
+                                        double radius) = 0;
+    virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+                               wxCoord width, wxCoord height) = 0;
+
+    virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
+
+    virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
+    virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+                              bool useMask = FALSE) = 0;
+
+    virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
+    virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text,
+                                   wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
+                        wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
+                        wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
+                        int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE, wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1) = 0;
+
+    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const = 0;
+    virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const = 0;
+
+    virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[],
+                             wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset) = 0;
+    virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[],
+                               wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
+                               int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) = 0;
+
+    virtual void DoSetClippingRegionAsRegion(const wxRegion& region) = 0;
+    virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+                                     wxCoord width, wxCoord height) = 0;
+
+    // FIXME are these functions really different?
+    virtual void DoGetClippingRegion(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
+                                     wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h)
+        { DoGetClippingBox(x, y, w, h); }
+    virtual void DoGetClippingBox(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
+                                  wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h) const
+    {
+        if ( m_clipping )
+        {
+            if ( x ) *x = m_clipX1;
+            if ( y ) *y = m_clipY1;
+            if ( w ) *w = m_clipX2 - m_clipX1;
+            if ( h ) *h = m_clipY2 - m_clipY1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            *x = *y = *w = *h = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    virtual void DoGetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const
+    {
+        if ( x ) *x = m_logicalOriginX;
+        if ( y ) *y = m_logicalOriginY;
+    }
+
+    virtual void DoGetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const
+    {
+        if ( x ) *x = m_deviceOriginX;
+        if ( y ) *y = m_deviceOriginY;
+    }
+
+    virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
+                                 wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
+                                 wxCoord *descent = NULL,
+                                 wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
+                                 wxFont *theFont = NULL) const = 0;
+
+#if wxUSE_SPLINES
+    virtual void DoDrawSpline(wxList *points);
+#endif
+
+protected:
+    // flags
+    bool m_colour:1;
+    bool m_ok:1;
+    bool m_clipping:1;
+    bool m_isInteractive:1;
+    bool m_isBBoxValid:1;
+#if wxUSE_DC_CACHEING
+//    static bool sm_cacheing;
+#endif
+
+    // coordinate system variables
+
+    // TODO short descriptions of what exactly they are would be nice...
+
+    wxCoord m_logicalOriginX, m_logicalOriginY;
+    wxCoord m_deviceOriginX, m_deviceOriginY;
+
+    double m_logicalScaleX, m_logicalScaleY;
+    double m_userScaleX, m_userScaleY;
+    double m_scaleX, m_scaleY;
+
+    // Used by SetAxisOrientation() to invert the axes
+    int m_signX, m_signY;
+
+    // bounding and clipping boxes
+    wxCoord m_minX, m_minY, m_maxX, m_maxY;
+    wxCoord m_clipX1, m_clipY1, m_clipX2, m_clipY2;
+
+    int m_logicalFunction;
+    int m_backgroundMode;
+    int m_mappingMode;
+
+    // GDI objects
+    wxPen             m_pen;
+    wxBrush           m_brush;
+    wxBrush           m_backgroundBrush;
+    wxColour          m_textForegroundColour;
+    wxColour          m_textBackgroundColour;
+    wxFont            m_font;
+    wxPalette         m_palette;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCBase)
+    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDCBase)
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// now include the declaration of wxDC class
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/dc.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/dc.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/dc.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+    #include "wx/mgl/dc.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/dc.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/dc.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/dc.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/dc.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// helper class: you can use it to temporarily change the DC text colour and
+// restore it automatically when the object goes out of scope
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCTextColourChanger
+{
+public:
+    wxDCTextColourChanger(wxDC& dc) : m_dc(dc) { }
+
+    ~wxDCTextColourChanger()
+    {
+        if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
+            m_dc.SetTextForeground(m_colFgOld);
+    }
+
+    void Set(const wxColour& col)
+    {
+        if ( !m_colFgOld.Ok() )
+            m_colFgOld = m_dc.GetTextForeground();
+        m_dc.SetTextForeground(col);
+    }
+
+private:
+    wxDC& m_dc;
+
+    wxColour m_colFgOld;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// another small helper class: sets the clipping region in its ctor and
+// destroys it in the dtor
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCClipper
+{
+public:
+    wxDCClipper(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& r) : m_dc(dc)
+        { dc.SetClippingRegion(r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height); }
+    wxDCClipper(wxDC& dc, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) : m_dc(dc)
+        { dc.SetClippingRegion(x, y, w, h); }
+
+    ~wxDCClipper() { m_dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); }
+
+private:
+    wxDC& m_dc;
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DC_H_BASE_

include/wx/dcclient.h

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/dcclient.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/dcclient.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/dcclient.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+#include "wx/mgl/dcclient.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/dcclient.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/dcclient.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/dcclient.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/dcclient.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_

include/wx/dcmemory.h

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/dcmemory.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/dcmemory.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/dcmemory.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+#include "wx/mgl/dcmemory.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/dcmemory.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/dcmemory.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/dcmemory.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/dcmemory.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_

include/wx/dcscreen.h

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#ifndef _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/dcscreen.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/dcscreen.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/dcscreen.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+#include "wx/mgl/dcscreen.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/dcscreen.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/dcscreen.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/dcscreen.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/dcscreen.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_

include/wx/dde.h

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#ifndef _WX_DDE_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_DDE_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/dde.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/dde.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/dde.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/dde.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/dde.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/dde.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/dde.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DDE_H_BASE_

include/wx/dialog.h

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/dialog.h
+// Purpose:     wxDialogBase class
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     29.06.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DIALOG_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_DIALOG_H_BASE_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "dialogbase.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/panel.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialogBase : public wxPanel
+{
+public:
+#ifdef __DARWIN__
+    ~wxDialogBase() { }
+#endif
+    // the modal dialogs have a return code - usually the id of the last
+    // pressed button
+    void SetReturnCode(int returnCode) { m_returnCode = returnCode; }
+    int GetReturnCode() const { return m_returnCode; }
+
+#if wxUSE_STATTEXT && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
+    // splits text up at newlines and places the
+    // lines into a vertical wxBoxSizer
+    wxSizer *CreateTextSizer( const wxString &message );
+#endif // wxUSE_STATTEXT && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
+    
+#if wxUSE_BUTTON
+    // places buttons into a horizontal wxBoxSizer
+    wxSizer *CreateButtonSizer( long flags );
+#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
+
+protected:
+    // the return code from modal dialog
+    int m_returnCode;
+};
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/dialog.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/dialog.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/dialog.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+    #include "wx/mgl/dialog.h"
+// FIXME_MGL -- belongs to wxUniv
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/dialog.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/dialog.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/dialog.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/dialog.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DIALOG_H_BASE_

include/wx/dirdlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#ifndef _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_
+
+#if wxUSE_DIRDLG
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constants
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxDirDialogNameStr;
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr;
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxEmptyString;
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__WIN16__) || (defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS) || defined(__SALFORDC__)
+#include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h"
+#else
+#include "wx/msw/dirdlg.h"
+#endif
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/dirdlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#ifdef __DARWIN__
+#include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h"
+#else
+#include "wx/mac/dirdlg.h"
+#endif
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/dirdlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/dirdlg.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_

include/wx/dnd.h

@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/dnd.h
+// Purpose:     Drag and drop classes declarations
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     26.05.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows Team
+// Licence:     wxWindows license
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DND_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_DND_H_BASE_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "dndbase.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+
+#include "wx/dataobj.h"
+#include "wx/cursor.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constants
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// result of wxDropSource::DoDragDrop() call
+enum wxDragResult
+{
+    wxDragError,    // error prevented the d&d operation from completing
+    wxDragNone,     // drag target didn't accept the data
+    wxDragCopy,     // the data was successfully copied
+    wxDragMove,     // the data was successfully moved (MSW only)
+    wxDragCancel    // the operation was cancelled by user (not an error)
+};
+
+inline WXDLLEXPORT bool wxIsDragResultOk(wxDragResult res)
+{
+    return res == wxDragCopy || res == wxDragMove;
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDropSource is the object you need to create (and call DoDragDrop on it)
+// to initiate a drag-and-drop operation
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropSourceBase
+{
+public:
+    wxDropSourceBase(const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor,
+                     const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor,
+                     const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor)
+        : m_cursorCopy(cursorCopy),
+          m_cursorMove(cursorMove),
+          m_cursorStop(cursorStop)
+        { m_data = (wxDataObject *)NULL; }
+    virtual ~wxDropSourceBase() { }
+
+    // set the data which is transfered by drag and drop
+    void SetData(wxDataObject& data)
+      { m_data = &data; }
+
+    wxDataObject *GetDataObject()
+      { return m_data; }
+
+    // set the icon corresponding to given drag result
+    void SetCursor(wxDragResult res, const wxCursor& cursor)
+    {
+        if ( res == wxDragCopy )
+            m_cursorCopy = cursor;
+        else if ( res == wxDragMove )
+            m_cursorMove = cursor;
+        else
+            m_cursorStop = cursor;
+    }
+
+    // start drag action, see enum wxDragResult for return value description
+    //
+    // if bAllowMove is TRUE, data can be moved, if not - only copied
+    virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(bool bAllowMove = FALSE) = 0;
+
+    // override to give feedback depending on the current operation result
+    // "effect" and return TRUE if you did something, FALSE to let the library
+    // give the default feedback
+    virtual bool GiveFeedback(wxDragResult WXUNUSED(effect)) { return FALSE; }
+
+protected:
+    const wxCursor& GetCursor(wxDragResult res) const
+    {
+        if ( res == wxDragCopy )
+            return m_cursorCopy;
+        else if ( res == wxDragMove )
+            return m_cursorMove;
+        else
+            return m_cursorStop;
+    }
+
+    wxDataObject *m_data;
+
+    // the cursors to use for feedback
+    wxCursor      m_cursorCopy, m_cursorMove, m_cursorStop;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDropTarget should be associated with a window if it wants to be able to
+// receive data via drag and drop.
+//
+// To use this class, you should derive from wxDropTarget and implement
+// OnData() pure virtual method. You may also wish to override OnDrop() if you
+// want to accept the data only inside some region of the window (this may
+// avoid having to copy the data to this application which happens only when
+// OnData() is called)
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropTargetBase
+{
+public:
+    // ctor takes a pointer to heap-allocated wxDataObject which will be owned
+    // by wxDropTarget and deleted by it automatically. If you don't give it
+    // here, you can use SetDataObject() later.
+    wxDropTargetBase(wxDataObject *dataObject = (wxDataObject*)NULL)
+        { m_dataObject = dataObject; }
+    // dtor deletes our data object
+    virtual ~wxDropTargetBase()
+        { delete m_dataObject; }
+
+    // get/set the associated wxDataObject
+    wxDataObject *GetDataObject() const
+        { return m_dataObject; }
+    void SetDataObject(wxDataObject *dataObject)
+        { if (m_dataObject) delete m_dataObject;
+    m_dataObject = dataObject; }
+
+    // these functions are called when data is moved over position (x, y) and
+    // may return either wxDragCopy, wxDragMove or wxDragNone depending on
+    // what would happen if the data were dropped here.
+    //
+    // the last parameter is what would happen by default and is determined by
+    // the platform-specific logic (for example, under Windows it's wxDragCopy
+    // if Ctrl key is pressed and wxDragMove otherwise) except that it will
+    // always be wxDragNone if the carried data is in an unsupported format.
+
+    // called when the mouse enters the window (only once until OnLeave())
+    virtual wxDragResult OnEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def)
+        { return OnDragOver(x, y, def); }
+
+    // called when the mouse moves in the window - shouldn't take long to
+    // execute or otherwise mouse movement would be too slow
+    virtual wxDragResult OnDragOver(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y),
+                                    wxDragResult def)
+        { return def; }
+
+    // called when mouse leaves the window: might be used to remove the
+    // feedback which was given in OnEnter()
+    virtual void OnLeave() { }
+
+    // this function is called when data is dropped at position (x, y) - if it
+    // returns TRUE, OnData() will be called immediately afterwards which will
+    // allow to retrieve the data dropped.
+    virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
+
+    // called after OnDrop() returns TRUE: you will usually just call
+    // GetData() from here and, probably, also refresh something to update the
+    // new data and, finally, return the code indicating how did the operation
+    // complete (returning default value in case of success and wxDragError on
+    // failure is usually ok)
+    virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) = 0;
+
+    // may be called *only* from inside OnData() and will fill m_dataObject
+    // with the data from the drop source if it returns TRUE
+    virtual bool GetData() = 0;
+
+protected:
+    wxDataObject *m_dataObject;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// include platform dependent class declarations
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/ole/dropsrc.h"
+    #include "wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/dnd.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/dnd.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/dnd.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/dnd.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/dnd.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/dnd.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// standard wxDropTarget implementations (implemented in common/dobjcmn.cpp)
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// A simple wxDropTarget derived class for text data: you only need to
+// override OnDropText() to get something working
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextDropTarget : public wxDropTarget
+{
+public:
+    wxTextDropTarget();
+
+    virtual bool OnDropText(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxString& text) = 0;
+
+    virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
+};
+
+// A drop target which accepts files (dragged from File Manager or Explorer)
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDropTarget : public wxDropTarget
+{
+public:
+    wxFileDropTarget();
+
+    // parameters are the number of files and the array of file names
+    virtual bool OnDropFiles(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+                             const wxArrayString& filenames) = 0;
+
+    virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+
+#endif // _WX_DND_H_BASE_

include/wx/dragimag.h

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#ifndef _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_BASE_
+
+#if wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#ifdef __WIN16__
+#include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
+#define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
+#define sm_classwxDragImage sm_classwxGenericDragImage
+
+#else
+#include "wx/msw/dragimag.h"
+#endif
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
+#define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
+#define sm_classwxDragImage sm_classwxGenericDragImage
+
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
+#define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
+#define sm_classwxDragImage sm_classwxGenericDragImage
+
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
+#define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
+#define sm_classwxDragImage sm_classwxGenericDragImage
+
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
+#define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
+#define sm_classwxDragImage sm_classwxGenericDragImage
+
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
+#define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
+#define sm_classwxDragImage sm_classwxGenericDragImage
+
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
+#define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
+#define sm_classwxDragImage sm_classwxGenericDragImage
+
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_BASE_

include/wx/filedlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#ifndef _WX_FILEDLG_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_FILEDLG_H_BASE_
+
+#if wxUSE_FILEDLG
+
+enum
+{
+    wxOPEN              = 0x0001,
+    wxSAVE              = 0x0002,
+    wxOVERWRITE_PROMPT  = 0x0004,
+    wxHIDE_READONLY     = 0x0008,
+    wxFILE_MUST_EXIST   = 0x0010,
+    wxMULTIPLE          = 0x0020,
+    wxCHANGE_DIR        = 0x0040
+};
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/filedlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/filedlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/generic/filedlgg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/filedlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#ifdef __DARWIN__
+#include "wx/generic/filedlgg.h"
+#else
+#include "wx/mac/filedlg.h"
+#endif
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/filedlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/filedlg.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_FILEDLG
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_FILEDLG_H_BASE_

include/wx/font.h

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/font.h
+// Purpose:     wxFontBase class: the interface of wxFont
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     20.09.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_FONT_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_FONT_H_BASE_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "fontbase.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"        // for wxDEFAULT &c
+#include "wx/fontenc.h"     // the font encoding constants
+#include "wx/gdiobj.h"      // the base class
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// forward declarations
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontData;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontBase;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFont;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// font constants
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// standard font families
+enum wxFontFamily
+{
+    wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT = wxDEFAULT,
+    wxFONTFAMILY_DECORATIVE = wxDECORATIVE,
+    wxFONTFAMILY_ROMAN = wxROMAN,
+    wxFONTFAMILY_SCRIPT = wxSCRIPT,
+    wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS = wxSWISS,
+    wxFONTFAMILY_MODERN = wxMODERN,
+    wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE = wxTELETYPE,
+    wxFONTFAMILY_MAX
+};
+
+// font styles
+enum wxFontStyle
+{
+    wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL = wxNORMAL,
+    wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC = wxITALIC,
+    wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT = wxSLANT,
+    wxFONTSTYLE_MAX
+};
+
+// font weights
+enum wxFontWeight
+{
+    wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL = wxNORMAL,
+    wxFONTWEIGHT_LIGHT = wxLIGHT,
+    wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD = wxBOLD,
+    wxFONTWEIGHT_MAX
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxFontBase represents a font object
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontRefData;
+struct WXDLLEXPORT wxNativeFontInfo;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontBase : public wxGDIObject
+{
+public:
+    // creator function
+#ifdef __DARWIN__
+    virtual ~wxFontBase() { }
+#endif
+
+    // from the font components
+    static wxFont *New(
+        int pointSize,              // size of the font in points
+        int family,                 // see wxFontFamily enum
+        int style,                  // see wxFontStyle enum
+        int weight,                 // see wxFontWeight enum
+        bool underlined = FALSE,    // not underlined by default
+        const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,              // facename
+        wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); // ISO8859-X, ...
+
+    // from the (opaque) native font description object
+    static wxFont *New(const wxNativeFontInfo& nativeFontDesc);
+
+    // from the string representation of wxNativeFontInfo
+    static wxFont *New(const wxString& strNativeFontDesc);
+
+    // was the font successfully created?
+    bool Ok() const { return m_refData != NULL; }
+
+    // comparison
+    bool operator == (const wxFont& font) const;
+    bool operator != (const wxFont& font) const;
+
+    // accessors: get the font characteristics
+    virtual int GetPointSize() const = 0;
+    virtual int GetFamily() const = 0;
+    virtual int GetStyle() const = 0;
+    virtual int GetWeight() const = 0;
+    virtual bool GetUnderlined() const = 0;
+    virtual wxString GetFaceName() const = 0;
+    virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const = 0;
+    virtual wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const;
+    wxString GetNativeFontInfoDesc() const;
+
+    // change the font characteristics
+    virtual void SetPointSize( int pointSize ) = 0;
+    virtual void SetFamily( int family ) = 0;
+    virtual void SetStyle( int style ) = 0;
+    virtual void SetWeight( int weight ) = 0;
+    virtual void SetFaceName( const wxString& faceName ) = 0;
+    virtual void SetUnderlined( bool underlined ) = 0;
+    virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) = 0;
+    virtual void SetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info);
+
+    // VZ: there is no void SetNativeFontInfo(const wxString& info), needed?
+
+    // translate the fonts into human-readable string (i.e. GetStyleString()
+    // will return "wxITALIC" for an italic font, ...)
+    wxString GetFamilyString() const;
+    wxString GetStyleString() const;
+    wxString GetWeightString() const;
+
+    // the default encoding is used for creating all fonts with default
+    // encoding parameter
+    static wxFontEncoding GetDefaultEncoding()
+        { return ms_encodingDefault; }
+    static void SetDefaultEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding)
+        { ms_encodingDefault = encoding; }
+
+protected:
+    // get the internal data
+    wxFontRefData *GetFontData() const
+        { return (wxFontRefData *)m_refData; }
+
+private:
+    // the currently default encoding: by default, it's the default system
+    // encoding, but may be changed by the application using
+    // SetDefaultEncoding() to make all subsequent fonts created without
+    // specifing encoding parameter using this encoding
+    static wxFontEncoding ms_encodingDefault;
+};
+
+// include the real class declaration
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/font.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/font.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/font.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+    #include "wx/mgl/font.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/font.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/font.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/font.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/font.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// macros
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define M_FONTDATA GetFontData()
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_FONT_H_BASE_

include/wx/gauge.h

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/gauge.h
+// Purpose:     wxGauge interface
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     20.02.01
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) 1996-2001 wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_GAUGE_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_GAUGE_H_BASE_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma implementation "gaugebase.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_GAUGE
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxGaugeNameStr;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxGauge: a progress bar
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGaugeBase : public wxControl
+{
+public:
+#ifdef __DARWIN__
+    virtual ~wxGaugeBase() { }
+#endif
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                wxWindowID id,
+                int range,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr);
+
+    // set/get the control range
+    virtual void SetRange(int range);
+    virtual int GetRange() const;
+
+    // position
+    virtual void SetValue(int pos);
+    virtual int GetValue() const;
+
+    // appearance params (not implemented for most ports)
+
+    virtual void SetShadowWidth(int w);
+    virtual int GetShadowWidth() const;
+
+    virtual void SetBezelFace(int w);
+    virtual int GetBezelFace() const;
+
+    // overriden base class virtuals
+    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return FALSE; }
+
+protected:
+    // the max position
+    int m_rangeMax;
+
+    // the current position
+    int m_gaugePos;
+};
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/gauge.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #ifdef __WIN95__
+        #include "wx/msw/gauge95.h"
+        #define wxGauge wxGauge95
+        #define sm_classwxGauge sm_classwxGauge95
+    #else // !__WIN95__
+        #include "wx/msw/gaugemsw.h"
+        #define wxGauge wxGaugeMSW
+        #define sm_classwxGauge sm_classwxGaugeMSW
+    #endif
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/gauge.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/gauge.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/gauge.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/gauge.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/gauge.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/gauge.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_GAUGE_H_BASE_

include/wx/gdiobj.h

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#ifndef _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/gdiobj.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/gdiobj.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/gdiobj.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+#include "wx/mgl/gdiobj.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/gdiobj.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/gdiobj.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/gdiobj.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/gdiobj.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_

include/wx/glcanvas.h

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#ifndef _WX_GLCANVAS_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_GLCANVAS_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/glcanvas.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/glcanvas.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/glcanvas.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/glcanvas.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/glcanvas.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/glcanvas.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/glcanvas.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_GLCANVAS_H_BASE_

include/wx/icon.h

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#ifndef _WX_ICON_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_ICON_H_BASE_
+
+/* Commenting out since duplicated in gdicmn.h
+// this is for Unix (i.e. now for anything other than MSW)
+#undef  wxICON
+#define wxICON(icon_name)   wxIcon(icon_name##_xpm)
+*/
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+  #include "wx/msw/icon.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+  #include "wx/motif/icon.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+  #include "wx/gtk/icon.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+  #include "wx/mgl/icon.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+  #include "wx/qt/icon.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+  #include "wx/mac/icon.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+  #include "wx/os2/icon.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+  #include "wx/stubs/icon.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_ICON_H_BASE_

include/wx/listbox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/listbox.h
+// Purpose:     wxListBox class interface
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     22.10.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_LISTBOX_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_LISTBOX_H_BASE_
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "listboxbase.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_LISTBOX
+
+#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"         // base class
+
+// forward declarations are enough here
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxArrayInt;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxArrayString;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// global data
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxListBoxNameStr;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxListBox interface is defined by the class wxListBoxBase
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxListBoxBase : public wxControlWithItems
+{
+public:
+    // all generic methods are in wxControlWithItems, except for the following
+    // ones which are not yet implemented by wxChoice/wxCombobox
+#ifdef __DARWIN__
+    virtual ~wxListBoxBase() { }
+#endif
+
+    void Insert(const wxString& item, int pos)
+        { DoInsert(item, pos); }
+    void Insert(const wxString& item, int pos, void *clientData)
+        { DoInsert(item, pos); SetClientData(pos, clientData); }
+    void Insert(const wxString& item, int pos, wxClientData *clientData)
+        { DoInsert(item, pos); SetClientObject(pos, clientData); }
+
+    void InsertItems(int nItems, const wxString *items, int pos);
+    void InsertItems(const wxArrayString& items, int pos)
+        { DoInsertItems(items, pos); }
+
+    void Set(int n, const wxString* items, void **clientData = NULL);
+    void Set(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData = NULL)
+        { DoSetItems(items, clientData); }
+
+    // multiple selection logic
+    virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const = 0;
+    virtual void SetSelection(int n, bool select = TRUE) = 0;
+    virtual void Select(int n) { SetSelection(n, TRUE); }
+    void Deselect(int n) { SetSelection(n, FALSE); }
+    void DeselectAll(int itemToLeaveSelected = -1);
+
+    virtual bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s, bool select = TRUE);
+
+    // works for single as well as multiple selection listboxes (unlike
+    // GetSelection which only works for listboxes with single selection)
+    virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const = 0;
+
+    // set the specified item at the first visible item or scroll to max
+    // range.
+    void SetFirstItem(int n) { DoSetFirstItem(n); }
+    void SetFirstItem(const wxString& s);
+
+    // ensures that the given item is visible scrolling the listbox if
+    // necessary
+    virtual void EnsureVisible(int n);
+
+    // a combination of Append() and EnsureVisible(): appends the item to the
+    // listbox and ensures that it is visible i.e. not scrolled out of view
+    void AppendAndEnsureVisible(const wxString& s);
+
+    // return TRUE if the listbox allows multiple selection
+    bool HasMultipleSelection() const
+    {
+        return (m_windowStyle & wxLB_MULTIPLE) ||
+               (m_windowStyle & wxLB_EXTENDED);
+    }
+
+    // return TRUE if this listbox is sorted
+    bool IsSorted() const { return (m_windowStyle & wxLB_SORT) != 0; }
+
+    // emulate selecting or deselecting the item event.GetInt() (depending on
+    // event.GetExtraLong())
+    void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
+
+    // compatibility - these functions are deprecated, use the new ones
+    // instead
+    bool Selected(int n) const { return IsSelected(n); }
+
+protected:
+    // NB: due to wxGTK implementation details, DoInsert() is implemented
+    //     using DoInsertItems() and not the other way round
+    void DoInsert(const wxString& item, int pos)
+        { InsertItems(1, &item, pos); }
+
+    // to be implemented in derived classes
+    virtual void DoInsertItems(const wxArrayString& items, int pos) = 0;
+    virtual void DoSetItems(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData) = 0;
+
+    virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n) = 0;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// include the platform-specific class declaration
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/listbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/listbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/listbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/listbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/listbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/listbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/listbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/listbox.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_LISTBOX
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_LISTBOX_H_BASE_

include/wx/mdi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#ifndef _WX_MDI_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_MDI_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/mdi.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/mdi.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/mdi.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/mdi.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/mdi.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/mdi.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/mdi.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_MDI_H_BASE_

include/wx/menu.h

@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/menu.h
+// Purpose:     wxMenu and wxMenuBar classes
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     26.10.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows license
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MENU_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_MENU_H_BASE_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "menubase.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_MENUS
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/list.h"        // for "template" list classes
+#include "wx/window.h"      // base class for wxMenuBar
+
+// also include this one to ensure compatibility with old code which only
+// included wx/menu.h
+#include "wx/menuitem.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBarBase;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBar;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuItem;
+
+// pseudo template list classes
+WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxMenu, wxMenuList);
+WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxMenuItem, wxMenuItemList);
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// conditional compilation
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// having callbacks in menus is a wxWin 1.6x feature which should be replaced
+// with event tables in wxWin 2.xx code - however provide it because many
+// people like it a lot by default
+#ifndef wxUSE_MENU_CALLBACK
+    #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2
+        #define wxUSE_MENU_CALLBACK 1
+    #else
+        #define wxUSE_MENU_CALLBACK 0
+    #endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2
+#endif // !defined(wxUSE_MENU_CALLBACK)
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMenu
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBase : public wxEvtHandler
+{
+public:
+    // create a menu
+    static wxMenu *New(const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, long style = 0);
+
+    // ctors
+    wxMenuBase(const wxString& title, long style = 0) : m_title(title)
+        { Init(style); }
+    wxMenuBase(long style = 0)
+        { Init(style); }
+
+    // dtor deletes all the menu items we own
+    virtual ~wxMenuBase();
+
+    // menu construction
+    // -----------------
+
+    // append a normal item to the menu
+    void Append(int id,
+                const wxString& text,
+                const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
+                bool isCheckable = FALSE)
+    {
+        DoAppend(wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, id, text, help, isCheckable));
+    }
+
+    // append a separator to the menu
+    void AppendSeparator() { Append(wxID_SEPARATOR, wxEmptyString); }
+
+    // append a submenu
+    void Append(int id,
+                const wxString& text,
+                wxMenu *submenu,
+                const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
+    {
+        DoAppend(wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, id, text, help, FALSE, submenu));
+    }
+
+    // the most generic form of Append() - append anything
+    void Append(wxMenuItem *item) { DoAppend(item); }
+
+    // insert a break in the menu (only works when appending the items, not
+    // inserting them)
+    virtual void Break() { }
+
+    // insert an item before given position
+    bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item);
+    void Insert(size_t pos,
+                int id,
+                const wxString& text,
+                const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
+                bool isCheckable = FALSE)
+    {
+        Insert(pos, wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, id, text, help, isCheckable));
+    }
+
+    // insert a separator
+    void InsertSeparator(size_t pos)
+    {
+        Insert(pos, wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this));
+    }
+
+    // insert a submenu
+    void Insert(size_t pos,
+                int id,
+                const wxString& text,
+                wxMenu *submenu,
+                const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
+    {
+        Insert(pos, wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, id, text, help, FALSE, submenu));
+    }
+
+    // prepend an item to the menu
+    void Prepend(wxMenuItem *item)
+    {
+        Insert(0u, item);
+    }
+
+    void Prepend(int id,
+                 const wxString& text,
+                 const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
+                 bool isCheckable = FALSE)
+    {
+        Insert(0u, id, text, help, isCheckable);
+    }
+
+    // insert a separator
+    void PrependSeparator()
+    {
+        InsertSeparator(0u);
+    }
+
+    // insert a submenu
+    void Prepend(int id,
+                 const wxString& text,
+                 wxMenu *submenu,
+                 const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
+    {
+        Insert(0u, id, text, submenu, help);
+    }
+
+    // detach an item from the menu, but don't delete it so that it can be
+    // added back later (but if it's not, the caller is responsible for
+    // deleting it!)
+    wxMenuItem *Remove(int id) { return Remove(FindChildItem(id)); }
+    wxMenuItem *Remove(wxMenuItem *item);
+
+    // delete an item from the menu (submenus are not destroyed by this
+    // function, see Destroy)
+    bool Delete(int id) { return Delete(FindChildItem(id)); }
+    bool Delete(wxMenuItem *item);
+
+    // delete the item from menu and destroy it (if it's a submenu)
+    bool Destroy(int id) { return Destroy(FindChildItem(id)); }
+    bool Destroy(wxMenuItem *item);
+
+    // menu items access
+    // -----------------
+
+    // get the items
+    size_t GetMenuItemCount() const { return m_items.GetCount(); }
+
+    const wxMenuItemList& GetMenuItems() const { return m_items; }
+    wxMenuItemList& GetMenuItems() { return m_items; }
+
+    // search
+    virtual int FindItem(const wxString& item) const;
+    wxMenuItem* FindItem(int id, wxMenu **menu = NULL) const;
+
+    // get/set items attributes
+    void Enable(int id, bool enable);
+    bool IsEnabled(int id) const;
+
+    void Check(int id, bool check);
+    bool IsChecked(int id) const;
+
+    void SetLabel(int id, const wxString& label);
+    wxString GetLabel(int id) const;
+
+    virtual void SetHelpString(int id, const wxString& helpString);
+    virtual wxString GetHelpString(int id) const;
+
+    // misc accessors
+    // --------------
+
+    // the title
+    virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_title = title; }
+    const wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; }
+
+    // client data
+    void SetClientData(void* clientData) { m_clientData = clientData; }
+    void* GetClientData() const { return m_clientData; }
+
+    // event handler
+    void SetEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler) { m_eventHandler = handler; }
+    wxEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() const { return m_eventHandler; }
+
+    // invoking window
+    void SetInvokingWindow(wxWindow *win) { m_invokingWindow = win; }
+    wxWindow *GetInvokingWindow() const { return m_invokingWindow; }
+
+    // style
+    long GetStyle() const { return m_style; }
+
+    // implementation helpers
+    // ----------------------
+
+    // Updates the UI for a menu and all submenus recursively. source is the
+    // object that has the update event handlers defined for it. If NULL, the
+    // menu or associated window will be used.
+    void UpdateUI(wxEvtHandler* source = (wxEvtHandler*)NULL);
+
+    // get the menu bar this menu is attached to (may be NULL, always NULL for
+    // popup menus)
+    wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const { return m_menuBar; }
+
+    // called when the menu is attached/detached to/from a menu bar
+    virtual void Attach(wxMenuBarBase *menubar);
+    virtual void Detach();
+
+    // is the menu attached to a menu bar (or is it a popup one)?
+    bool IsAttached() const { return m_menuBar != NULL; }
+
+    // set/get the parent of this menu
+    void SetParent(wxMenu *parent) { m_menuParent = parent; }
+    wxMenu *GetParent() const { return m_menuParent; }
+
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+    // compatibility: these functions are deprecated, use the new ones instead
+    bool Enabled(int id) const { return IsEnabled(id); }
+    bool Checked(int id) const { return IsChecked(id); }
+
+    wxMenuItem* FindItemForId(int itemId, wxMenu **itemMenu) const
+        { return FindItem(itemId, itemMenu); }
+
+    wxList& GetItems() const { return (wxList &)m_items; }
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+
+#if wxUSE_MENU_CALLBACK || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    // wxWin 1.6x compatible menu event handling
+    wxFunction GetCallback() const { return m_callback; }
+    void Callback(const wxFunction func) { m_callback = func; }
+
+    wxFunction m_callback;
+#endif // wxUSE_MENU_CALLBACK
+
+    // unlike FindItem(), this function doesn't recurse but only looks through
+    // our direct children and also may return the index of the found child if
+    // pos != NULL
+    wxMenuItem *FindChildItem(int id, size_t *pos = NULL) const;
+
+    // called to generate a wxCommandEvent, return TRUE if it was processed,
+    // FALSE otherwise
+    //
+    // the checked parameter may have boolean value or -1 for uncheckable items
+    bool SendEvent(int id, int checked = -1);
+
+protected:
+    // virtuals to override in derived classes
+    // ---------------------------------------
+
+    virtual bool DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item);
+    virtual bool DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item);
+
+    virtual wxMenuItem *DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item);
+    virtual bool DoDelete(wxMenuItem *item);
+    virtual bool DoDestroy(wxMenuItem *item);
+
+    // helpers
+    // -------
+
+    // common part of all ctors
+    void Init(long style);
+
+    // associate the submenu with this menu
+    void AddSubMenu(wxMenu *submenu);
+
+    wxMenuBar     *m_menuBar;           // menubar we belong to or NULL
+    wxMenu        *m_menuParent;        // parent menu or NULL
+
+    wxString       m_title;             // the menu title or label
+    wxMenuItemList m_items;             // the list of menu items
+
+    wxWindow      *m_invokingWindow;    // for popup menus
+    void          *m_clientData;        // associated with the menu
+
+    long           m_style;             // combination of wxMENU_XXX flags
+
+    wxEvtHandler  *m_eventHandler;      // a pluggable in event handler
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMenuBar
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBarBase : public wxWindow
+{
+public:
+    // default ctor
+    wxMenuBarBase();
+
+    // dtor will delete all menus we own
+    virtual ~wxMenuBarBase();
+
+    // menu bar construction
+    // ---------------------
+
+    // append a menu to the end of menubar, return TRUE if ok
+    virtual bool Append(wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
+
+    // insert a menu before the given position into the menubar, return TRUE
+    // if inserted ok
+    virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
+
+    // menu bar items access
+    // ---------------------
+
+    // get the number of menus in the menu bar
+    size_t GetMenuCount() const { return m_menus.GetCount(); }
+
+    // get the menu at given position
+    wxMenu *GetMenu(size_t pos) const;
+
+    // replace the menu at given position with another one, returns the
+    // previous menu (which should be deleted by the caller)
+    virtual wxMenu *Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
+
+    // delete the menu at given position from the menu bar, return the pointer
+    // to the menu (which should be  deleted by the caller)
+    virtual wxMenu *Remove(size_t pos);
+
+    // enable or disable a submenu
+    virtual void EnableTop(size_t pos, bool enable) = 0;
+
+    // is the menu enabled?
+    virtual bool IsEnabledTop(size_t WXUNUSED(pos)) const { return TRUE; }
+
+    // get or change the label of the menu at given position
+    virtual void SetLabelTop(size_t pos, const wxString& label) = 0;
+    virtual wxString GetLabelTop(size_t pos) const = 0;
+
+    // item search
+    // -----------
+
+    // by menu and item names, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found or id of the
+    // found item
+    virtual int FindMenuItem(const wxString& menu, const wxString& item) const;
+
+    // find item by id (in any menu), returns NULL if not found
+    //
+    // if menu is !NULL, it will be filled with wxMenu this item belongs to
+    virtual wxMenuItem* FindItem(int id, wxMenu **menu = NULL) const;
+
+    // find menu by its caption, return wxNOT_FOUND on failure
+    int FindMenu(const wxString& title) const;
+
+    // item access
+    // -----------
+
+    // all these functions just use FindItem() and then call an appropriate
+    // method on it
+    //
+    // NB: under MSW, these methods can only be used after the menubar had
+    //     been attached to the frame
+
+    void Enable(int id, bool enable);
+    void Check(int id, bool check);
+    bool IsChecked(int id) const;
+    bool IsEnabled(int id) const;
+
+    void SetLabel(int id, const wxString &label);
+    wxString GetLabel(int id) const;
+
+    void SetHelpString(int id, const wxString& helpString);
+    wxString GetHelpString(int id) const;
+
+    // implementation helpers
+
+    // get the frame we are attached to (may return NULL)
+    wxFrame *GetFrame() const { return m_menuBarFrame; }
+
+    // returns TRUE if we're attached to a frame
+    bool IsAttached() const { return GetFrame() != NULL; }
+
+    // associate the menubar with the frame
+    virtual void Attach(wxFrame *frame);
+
+    // called before deleting the menubar normally
+    virtual void Detach();
+
+    // need to override these ones to avoid virtual function hiding
+    virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE) { return wxWindow::Enable(enable); }
+    virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& s) { wxWindow::SetLabel(s); }
+    virtual wxString GetLabel() const { return wxWindow::GetLabel(); }
+
+    // don't want menu bars to accept the focus by tabbing to them
+    virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const { return FALSE; }
+
+    // compatibility only: these functions are deprecated, use the new ones
+    // instead
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+    bool Enabled(int id) const { return IsEnabled(id); }
+    bool Checked(int id) const { return IsChecked(id); }
+
+    wxMenuItem* FindMenuItemById(int id) const
+        { return FindItem(id); }
+    wxMenuItem* FindItemForId(int id, wxMenu **menu = NULL) const
+        { return FindItem(id, menu); }
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+
+protected:
+    // the list of all our menus
+    wxMenuList m_menus;
+
+    // the frame we are attached to (may be NULL)
+    wxFrame *m_menuBarFrame;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// include the real class declaration
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
+    #define wxMenuItem wxMenuItemBase
+#else // !wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/menu.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/menu.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/menu.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/menu.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/menu.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/menu.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/menu.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/menu.h"
+#endif
+#endif // wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY/!wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
+
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_MENU_H_BASE_

include/wx/menuitem.h

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/menuitem.h
+// Purpose:     wxMenuItem class
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     25.10.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
+// Licence:     wxWindows license
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MENUITEM_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_MENUITEM_H_BASE_
+
+#if wxUSE_MENUS
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/object.h"  // base class
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// forward declarations
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorEntry;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuItem;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMenuItem is an item in the menu which may be either a normal item, a sub
+// menu or a separator
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuItemBase : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+    // creation
+    static wxMenuItem *New(wxMenu *parentMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL,
+                           int id = wxID_SEPARATOR,
+                           const wxString& text = wxEmptyString,
+                           const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
+                           bool isCheckable = FALSE,
+                           wxMenu *subMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL);
+
+    // destruction: wxMenuItem will delete its submenu
+    virtual ~wxMenuItemBase();
+
+    // the menu we're in
+    wxMenu *GetMenu() const { return m_parentMenu; }
+
+    // get/set id
+    void SetId(int id) { m_id = id; }
+    int  GetId() const { return m_id; }
+    bool IsSeparator() const { return m_id == wxID_SEPARATOR; }
+
+    // the item's text (or name)
+    //
+    // NB: the item's text includes the accelerators and mnemonics info (if
+    //     any), i.e. it may contain '&' or '_' or "\t..." and thus is
+    //     different from the item's label which only contains the text shown
+    //     in the menu
+    virtual void SetText(const wxString& str) { m_text = str; }
+    wxString GetLabel() const { return GetLabelFromText(m_text); }
+    const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; }
+
+    // get the label from text (implemented in platform-specific code)
+    static wxString GetLabelFromText(const wxString& text);
+
+    // what kind of menu item we are
+    virtual void SetCheckable(bool checkable) { m_isCheckable = checkable; }
+    bool IsCheckable() const { return m_isCheckable; }
+
+    bool IsSubMenu() const { return m_subMenu != NULL; }
+    void SetSubMenu(wxMenu *menu) { m_subMenu = menu; }
+    wxMenu *GetSubMenu() const { return m_subMenu; }
+
+    // state
+    virtual void Enable(bool enable = TRUE) { m_isEnabled = enable; }
+    virtual bool IsEnabled() const { return m_isEnabled; }
+
+    virtual void Check(bool check = TRUE) { m_isChecked = check; }
+    virtual bool IsChecked() const { return m_isChecked; }
+    void Toggle() { Check(!m_isChecked); }
+
+    // help string (displayed in the status bar by default)
+    void SetHelp(const wxString& str) { m_help = str; }
+    const wxString& GetHelp() const { return m_help; }
+
+#if wxUSE_ACCEL
+    // extract the accelerator from the given menu string, return NULL if none
+    // found
+    static wxAcceleratorEntry *GetAccelFromString(const wxString& label);
+
+    // get our accelerator or NULL (caller must delete the pointer)
+    virtual wxAcceleratorEntry *GetAccel() const;
+
+    // set the accel for this item - this may also be done indirectly with
+    // SetText()
+    virtual void SetAccel(wxAcceleratorEntry *accel);
+#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
+
+    // compatibility only, use new functions in the new code
+    void SetName(const wxString& str) { SetText(str); }
+    const wxString& GetName() const { return GetText(); }
+
+protected:
+    int           m_id;             // numeric id of the item >= 0 or -1
+    wxMenu       *m_parentMenu,     // the menu we belong to
+                 *m_subMenu;        // our sub menu or NULL
+    wxString      m_text,           // label of the item
+                  m_help;           // the help string for the item
+    bool          m_isCheckable;    // can be checked?
+    bool          m_isChecked;      // is checked?
+    bool          m_isEnabled;      // is enabled?
+
+    // some compilers need a default constructor here, do not remove
+    wxMenuItemBase() { }
+
+private:
+    // and, if we have one ctor, compiler won't generate a default copy one, so
+    // declare them ourselves - but don't implement as they shouldn't be used
+    wxMenuItemBase(const wxMenuItemBase& item);
+    wxMenuItemBase& operator=(const wxMenuItemBase& item);
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// include the real class declaration
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
+    #define wxMenuItem wxMenuItemBase
+#else // !wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/menuitem.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/menuitem.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/menuitem.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/menuitem.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/menuitem.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/menuitem.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/menuitem.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/menuitem.h"
+#endif
+#endif // wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY/!wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
+
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_MENUITEM_H_BASE_

include/wx/msgdlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+#ifndef _WX_MSGDLG_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_MSGDLG_H_BASE_
+
+#if wxUSE_MSGDLG
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+#include "wx/generic/msgdlgg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/msgdlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/msgdlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/generic/msgdlgg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/generic/msgdlgg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/msgdlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/msgdlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/generic/msgdlgg.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMessageBox: the simplest way to use wxMessageDialog
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int WXDLLEXPORT wxMessageBox(const wxString& message,
+                            const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr,
+                            long style = wxOK | wxCENTRE,
+                            wxWindow *parent = NULL,
+                            int x = -1, int y = -1);
+
+#endif // wxUSE_MSGDLG
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_MSGDLG_H_BASE_

include/wx/notebook.h

@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/notebook.h
+// Purpose:     wxNotebook interface
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     01.02.01
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) 1996-2000 wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_BASE_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "notebookbase.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+#include "wx/dynarray.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageList;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// types
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// array of notebook pages
+typedef wxWindow wxNotebookPage;  // so far, any window can be a page
+
+WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxNotebookPage *, wxArrayPages);
+
+#define wxNOTEBOOK_NAME _T("notebook")
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxNotebookBase: define wxNotebook interface
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebookBase : public wxControl
+{
+public:
+    // ctor
+    wxNotebookBase()
+    {
+        Init();
+    }
+
+    // quasi ctor
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                wxWindowID id,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                long style = 0,
+                const wxString& name = wxNOTEBOOK_NAME);
+
+    // dtor
+    virtual ~wxNotebookBase();
+
+    // accessors
+    // ---------
+
+    // get number of pages in the dialog
+    int GetPageCount() const { return m_pages.GetCount(); }
+
+    // get the panel which represents the given page
+    wxNotebookPage *GetPage(int nPage) { return m_pages[nPage]; }
+
+    // get the currently selected page
+    virtual int GetSelection() const = 0;
+
+    // set/get the title of a page
+    virtual bool SetPageText(int nPage, const wxString& strText) = 0;
+    virtual wxString GetPageText(int nPage) const = 0;
+
+    // image list stuff: each page may have an image associated with it (all
+    // images belong to the same image list)
+    virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList* imageList);
+
+    // as SetImageList() but we will delete the image list ourselves
+    void AssignImageList(wxImageList* imageList);
+
+    // get pointer (may be NULL) to the associated image list
+    wxImageList* GetImageList() const { return m_imageList; }
+
+    // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list
+    virtual int GetPageImage(int nPage) const = 0;
+    virtual bool SetPageImage(int nPage, int nImage) = 0;
+
+    // get the number of rows for a control with wxNB_MULTILINE style (not all
+    // versions support it - they will always return 1 then)
+    virtual int GetRowCount() const { return 1; }
+
+    // set the size (the same for all pages)
+    virtual void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size) = 0;
+
+    // set the padding between tabs (in pixels)
+    virtual void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding) = 0;
+
+    // set the size of the tabs for wxNB_FIXEDWIDTH controls
+    virtual void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz) = 0;
+
+    // calculate the size of the notebook from the size of its page
+    virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage);
+
+    // operations
+    // ----------
+
+    // remove one page from the notebook and delete it
+    virtual bool DeletePage(int nPage);
+
+    // remove one page from the notebook, without deleting it
+    virtual bool RemovePage(int nPage) { return DoRemovePage(nPage) != NULL; }
+
+    // remove all pages and delete them
+    virtual bool DeleteAllPages() { WX_CLEAR_ARRAY(m_pages); return TRUE; }
+
+    // adds a new page to the notebook (it will be deleted by the notebook,
+    // don't delete it yourself) and make it the current one if bSelect
+    virtual bool AddPage(wxNotebookPage *pPage,
+                         const wxString& strText,
+                         bool bSelect = FALSE,
+                         int imageId = -1)
+    {
+        return InsertPage(GetPageCount(), pPage, strText, bSelect, imageId);
+    }
+
+    // the same as AddPage(), but adds the page at the specified position
+    virtual bool InsertPage(int nPage,
+                            wxNotebookPage *pPage,
+                            const wxString& strText,
+                            bool bSelect = FALSE,
+                            int imageId = -1) = 0;
+
+    // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously
+    // selected one (or -1 on error)
+    //
+    // NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events
+    virtual int SetSelection(int nPage) = 0;
+
+    // cycle thru the tabs
+    void AdvanceSelection(bool forward = TRUE)
+    {
+        int nPage = GetNextPage(forward);
+        if ( nPage != -1 )
+            SetSelection(nPage);
+    }
+
+protected:
+    // remove the page and return a pointer to it
+    virtual wxNotebookPage *DoRemovePage(int page);
+
+    // common part of all ctors
+    void Init();
+
+    // get the next page wrapping if we reached the end
+    int GetNextPage(bool forward) const;
+
+    wxArrayPages  m_pages;      // array of pages
+    wxImageList  *m_imageList;  // we can have an associated image list
+    bool m_ownsImageList;       // true if we must delete m_imageList
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// notebook event class (used by NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED/ING events)
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebookEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
+{
+public:
+    wxNotebookEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0,
+                    int nSel = -1, int nOldSel = -1)
+        : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, id)
+        {
+            m_nSel = nSel;
+            m_nOldSel = nOldSel;
+        }
+
+    // accessors
+        // the currently selected page (-1 if none)
+    int GetSelection() const { return m_nSel; }
+    void SetSelection(int nSel) { m_nSel = nSel; }
+        // the page that was selected before the change (-1 if none)
+    int GetOldSelection() const { return m_nOldSel; }
+    void SetOldSelection(int nOldSel) { m_nOldSel = nOldSel; }
+
+private:
+    int m_nSel,     // currently selected page
+        m_nOldSel;  // previously selected page
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebookEvent)
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// event types and macros for them
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && defined(__WIN16__)
+    // For 16-bit BC++, these 2 would be identical otherwise (truncated)
+    #define wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED wxEVT_COMMAND_NB_PAGE_CHANGED
+    #define wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING wxEVT_COMMAND_NB_PAGE_CHANGING
+#endif
+
+BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, 802)
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, 803)
+END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
+
+typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxNotebookEventFunction)(wxNotebookEvent&);
+
+// Truncation in 16-bit BC++ means we need to define these differently
+#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && defined(__WIN16__)
+#define EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn)                                   \
+  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(                                                \
+    wxEVT_COMMAND_NB_PAGE_CHANGED,                                          \
+    id,                                                                     \
+    -1,                                                                     \
+    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxNotebookEventFunction) &fn,  \
+    NULL                                                                    \
+  ),
+
+#define EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn)                                  \
+  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(                                                \
+    wxEVT_COMMAND_NB_PAGE_CHANGING,                                         \
+    id,                                                                     \
+    -1,                                                                     \
+    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxNotebookEventFunction) &fn,  \
+    NULL                                                                    \
+  ),
+
+#else
+
+#define EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn)                                   \
+  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(                                                \
+    wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED,                                    \
+    id,                                                                     \
+    -1,                                                                     \
+    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxNotebookEventFunction) &fn,  \
+    NULL                                                                    \
+  ),
+
+#define EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn)                                  \
+  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(                                                \
+    wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING,                                   \
+    id,                                                                     \
+    -1,                                                                     \
+    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxNotebookEventFunction) &fn,  \
+    NULL                                                                    \
+  ),
+
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxNotebook class itself
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/notebook.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #ifdef __WIN16__
+        #include  "wx/generic/notebook.h"
+    #else
+        #include  "wx/msw/notebook.h"
+    #endif
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include  "wx/generic/notebook.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include  "wx/gtk/notebook.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include  "wx/qt/notebook.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include  "wx/mac/notebook.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include  "wx/os2/notebook.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include  "wx/stubs/notebook.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_BASE_

include/wx/palette.h

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#ifndef _WX_PALETTE_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_PALETTE_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/palette.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/palette.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/generic/paletteg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+#include "wx/mgl/palette.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/palette.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/palette.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/palette.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/palette.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_PALETTE_H_BASE_

include/wx/pen.h

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#ifndef _WX_PEN_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_PEN_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/pen.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/pen.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/pen.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+#include "wx/mgl/pen.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/pen.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/pen.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/pen.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/pen.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_PEN_H_BASE_

include/wx/printdlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#ifndef _WX_PRINTDLG_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_PRINTDLG_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/printdlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/generic/prntdlgg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/generic/prntdlgg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/generic/prntdlgg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/printdlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/generic/prntdlgg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/generic/prntdlgg.h"
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXMAC__)
+#define wxPrintDialog wxGenericPrintDialog
+#define sm_classwxPrintDialog sm_classwxGenericPrintDialog
+
+#define wxPrintSetupDialog wxGenericPrintSetupDialog
+#define sm_classwxPrintSetupDialog sm_classwxGenericPrintSetupDialog
+
+#define wxPageSetupDialog wxGenericPageSetupDialog
+#define sm_classwxPageSetupDialog sm_classwxGenericPageSetupDialog
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_PRINTDLG_H_BASE_

include/wx/radiobox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/radiobox.h
+// Purpose:     wxRadioBox declaration
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10.09.00
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows license
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_RADIOBOX_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_RADIOBOX_H_BASE_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "radioboxbase.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxRadioBoxNameStr;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxRadioBoxBase is not a normal base class, but rather a mix-in because the
+// real wxRadioBox derives from different classes on different platforms: for
+// example, it is a wxStaticBox in wxUniv but not in wxMSW
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioBoxBase
+{
+public:
+    // selection
+    virtual void SetSelection(int n) = 0;
+    virtual int GetSelection() const = 0;
+
+    virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const
+    {
+        wxString s;
+        int sel = GetSelection();
+        if ( sel != wxNOT_FOUND )
+            s = GetString(sel);
+
+        return s;
+    }
+
+    virtual bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s)
+    {
+        int sel = FindString(s);
+        if ( sel != wxNOT_FOUND )
+        {
+            SetSelection(sel);
+
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // string access
+    virtual int GetCount() const = 0;
+    virtual int FindString(const wxString& s) const
+    {
+        int count = GetCount();
+        for ( int n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+        {
+            if ( GetString(n) == s )
+                return n;
+        }
+
+        return wxNOT_FOUND;
+    }
+
+    virtual wxString GetString(int n) const = 0;
+    virtual void SetString(int n, const wxString& label) = 0;
+
+    // change the individual radio button state
+    virtual void Enable(int n, bool enable = TRUE) = 0;
+    virtual void Show(int n, bool show = TRUE) = 0;
+
+    // layout parameters
+    virtual int GetColumnCount() const = 0;
+    virtual int GetRowCount() const = 0;
+
+    // return the item above/below/to the left/right of the given one
+    int GetNextItem(int item, wxDirection dir, long style) const;
+
+    // for compatibility only, don't use these methods in new code!
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2
+    int Number() const { return GetCount(); }
+    wxString GetLabel(int n) const { return GetString(n); }
+    void SetLabel(int n, const wxString& label) { SetString(n, label); }
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2
+};
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/radiobox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/radiobox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/radiobox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/radiobox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/radiobox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/radiobox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/radiobox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/radiobox.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_RADIOBOX_H_BASE_

include/wx/radiobut.h

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/radiobut.h
+// Purpose:     wxRadioButton declaration
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     07.09.00
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows license
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_RADIOBUT_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_RADIOBUT_H_BASE_
+
+#if wxUSE_RADIOBTN
+
+/*
+   There is no wxRadioButtonBase class as wxRadioButton interface is the same
+   as of wxCheckBox(Base), but under some platforms wxRadioButton really
+   derives from wxCheckBox and on the others it doesn't.
+
+   The pseudo-declaration of wxRadioButtonBase would look like this:
+
+   class wxRadioButtonBase : public ...
+   {
+   public:
+        virtual void SetValue(bool value);
+        virtual bool GetValue() const;
+   };
+ */
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxRadioButtonNameStr;
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/radiobut.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/radiobut.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/radiobut.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/radiobut.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/radiobut.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/radiobut.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/radiobut.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/radiobut.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_RADIOBTN
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_RADIOBUT_H_BASE_

include/wx/region.h

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#ifndef _WX_REGION_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_REGION_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/region.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/region.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/region.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+#include "wx/mgl/region.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/region.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/region.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/region.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/region.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_REGION_H_BASE_

include/wx/scrolbar.h

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#ifndef _WX_SCROLBAR_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_SCROLBAR_H_BASE_
+
+#if wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxScrollBarNameStr;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxScrollBar: a scroll bar control
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollBarBase : public wxControl
+{
+public:
+    // scrollbar construction
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                wxWindowID id,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr);
+
+    // accessors
+    virtual int GetThumbPosition() const = 0;
+    virtual int GetThumbSize() const = 0;
+    virtual int GetPageSize() const = 0;
+    virtual int GetRange() const = 0;
+
+    bool IsVertical() const { return (m_windowStyle & wxVERTICAL) != 0; }
+
+    // operations
+    virtual void SetThumbPosition(int viewStart) = 0;
+    virtual void SetScrollbar(int position, int thumbSize,
+                              int range, int pageSize,
+                              bool refresh = TRUE) = 0;
+};
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/scrolbar.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/scrolbar.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/scrolbar.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/scrolbar.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/scrolbar.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/scrolbar.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/scrolbar.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/scrolbar.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_SCROLBAR_H_BASE_

include/wx/settings.h

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        settings.h
+// Purpose:     wxSystemSettings defines; includes platform settings.h
+// Author:      Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     01/02/97
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
+// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_SETTINGS_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_SETTINGS_H_BASE_
+
+#define wxSYS_WHITE_BRUSH         0
+#define wxSYS_LTGRAY_BRUSH        1
+#define wxSYS_GRAY_BRUSH          2
+#define wxSYS_DKGRAY_BRUSH        3
+#define wxSYS_BLACK_BRUSH         4
+#define wxSYS_NULL_BRUSH          5
+#define wxSYS_HOLLOW_BRUSH        wxSYS_NULL_BRUSH
+#define wxSYS_WHITE_PEN           6
+#define wxSYS_BLACK_PEN           7
+#define wxSYS_NULL_PEN            8
+#define wxSYS_OEM_FIXED_FONT      10
+#define wxSYS_ANSI_FIXED_FONT     11
+#define wxSYS_ANSI_VAR_FONT       12
+#define wxSYS_SYSTEM_FONT         13
+#define wxSYS_DEVICE_DEFAULT_FONT 14
+#define wxSYS_DEFAULT_PALETTE     15
+#define wxSYS_SYSTEM_FIXED_FONT   16
+#define wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT    17
+
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_SCROLLBAR         0
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BACKGROUND        1
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVECAPTION     2
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTION   3
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_MENU              4
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW            5
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWFRAME       6
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUTEXT          7
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT        8
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_CAPTIONTEXT       9
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVEBORDER      10
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVEBORDER    11
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_APPWORKSPACE      12
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT         13
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT     14
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE           15
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW         16
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT          17
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNTEXT           18
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT 19
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT      20
+
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW        21
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DLIGHT           22
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOTEXT          23
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOBK            24
+
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOX           25
+
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_DESKTOP           wxSYS_COLOUR_BACKGROUND
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE            wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW          wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHIGHLIGHT       wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHILIGHT         wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT
+#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHILIGHT        wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT
+
+// Metrics
+#define wxSYS_MOUSE_BUTTONS           1
+#define wxSYS_BORDER_X                2
+#define wxSYS_BORDER_Y                3
+#define wxSYS_CURSOR_X                4
+#define wxSYS_CURSOR_Y                5
+#define wxSYS_DCLICK_X                6
+#define wxSYS_DCLICK_Y                7
+#define wxSYS_DRAG_X                  8
+#define wxSYS_DRAG_Y                  9
+#define wxSYS_EDGE_X                  10
+#define wxSYS_EDGE_Y                  11
+#define wxSYS_HSCROLL_ARROW_X         12
+#define wxSYS_HSCROLL_ARROW_Y         13
+#define wxSYS_HTHUMB_X                14
+#define wxSYS_ICON_X                  15
+#define wxSYS_ICON_Y                  16
+#define wxSYS_ICONSPACING_X           17
+#define wxSYS_ICONSPACING_Y           18
+#define wxSYS_WINDOWMIN_X             19
+#define wxSYS_WINDOWMIN_Y             20
+#define wxSYS_SCREEN_X                21
+#define wxSYS_SCREEN_Y                22
+#define wxSYS_FRAMESIZE_X             23
+#define wxSYS_FRAMESIZE_Y             24
+#define wxSYS_SMALLICON_X             25
+#define wxSYS_SMALLICON_Y             26
+#define wxSYS_HSCROLL_Y               27
+#define wxSYS_VSCROLL_X               28
+#define wxSYS_VSCROLL_ARROW_X         29
+#define wxSYS_VSCROLL_ARROW_Y         30
+#define wxSYS_VTHUMB_Y                31
+#define wxSYS_CAPTION_Y               32
+#define wxSYS_MENU_Y                  33
+#define wxSYS_NETWORK_PRESENT         34
+#define wxSYS_PENWINDOWS_PRESENT      35
+#define wxSYS_SHOW_SOUNDS             36
+#define wxSYS_SWAP_BUTTONS            37
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/settings.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/settings.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/settings.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+#include "wx/mgl/settings.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/settings.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/settings.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/settings.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/settings.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_SETTINGS_H_BASE_
+

include/wx/setup.h

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ * The main configuration file for wxWindows.
+ *
+ * NB: this file can be included in .c files, so it must be compileable by a C
+ *     compiler - use #ifdef __cplusplus for C++ specific features and avoid
+ *     using C++ style comments
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WX_SETUP_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_SETUP_H_BASE_
+
+/* compatibility code, to be removed asap: */
+
+#if !defined(__WXBASE__) && !defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && !defined(__WXQT__) && !defined(__WXSTUBS__) && !defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXPM__)
+#error No __WXxxx__ define set! Please define one of __WXBASE__,__WXGTK__,__WXMSW__,__WXMOTIF__,__WXMAC__,__WXQT__,__WXPM__,__WXSTUBS__
+#endif
+
+/*
+  wxUniversal is defined together with one of other ports, so test for it
+  first
+ */
+#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+#if defined(__USE_WXCONFIG__) && defined(__WXDEBUG__)
+#include "wx/univd/setup.h"
+#else
+#include "wx/univ/setup.h"
+#endif
+
+#elif defined(__WXBASE__)
+#if defined(__USE_WXCONFIG__) && defined(__WXDEBUG__)
+#include "wx/based/setup.h"
+#else
+#include "wx/base/setup.h"
+#endif
+
+#elif defined(__VMS)
+#include "wx_root:[wxwindows]setup.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/setup.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/setup.h"
+
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#if defined(__USE_WXCONFIG__) && defined(__WXDEBUG__)
+#include "wx/qtd/setup.h"
+#else
+#include "wx/qt/setup.h"
+#endif
+
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#if defined(__USE_WXCONFIG__) && defined(__WXDEBUG__)
+#include "wx/motifd/setup.h"
+#else
+#include "wx/motif/setup.h"
+#endif
+
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/setup.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/setup.h"
+
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#if defined(__USE_WXCONFIG__) && defined(__WXDEBUG__)
+#include "wx/gtkd/setup.h"
+#else
+#include "wx/gtk/setup.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/chkconf.h"
+
+/*
+   define some constants identifying wxWindows version in more details than
+   just the version number
+ */
+
+// wxLogChain class available
+#define wxHAS_LOG_CHAIN
+
+// define this when wxDC::Blit() respects SetDeviceOrigin() in wxGTK
+#undef wxHAS_WORKING_GTK_DC_BLIT
+
+#endif /* _WX_SETUP_H_BASE_ */

include/wx/slider.h

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/slider.h
+// Purpose:     wxSlider interface
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     09.02.01
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) 1996-2001 wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_SLIDER_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_SLIDER_H_BASE_
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_SLIDER
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxSliderNameStr;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxSliderBase: define wxSlider interface
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSliderBase : public wxControl
+{
+public:
+    /* the ctor of the derived class should have the following form:
+
+    wxSlider(wxWindow *parent,
+             wxWindowID id,
+             int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
+             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+             long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
+             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+             const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr);
+    */
+
+    // get/set the current slider value (should be in range)
+    virtual int GetValue() const = 0;
+    virtual void SetValue(int value) = 0;
+
+    // retrieve/change the range
+    virtual void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue) = 0;
+    virtual int GetMin() const = 0;
+    virtual int GetMax() const = 0;
+
+    // the line/page size is the increment by which the slider moves when
+    // cursor arrow key/page up or down are pressed (clicking the mouse is like
+    // pressing PageUp/Down) and are by default set to 1 and 1/10 of the range
+    virtual void SetLineSize(int lineSize) = 0;
+    virtual void SetPageSize(int pageSize) = 0;
+    virtual int GetLineSize() const = 0;
+    virtual int GetPageSize() const = 0;
+
+    // these methods get/set the length of the slider pointer in pixels
+    virtual void SetThumbLength(int lenPixels) = 0;
+    virtual int GetThumbLength() const = 0;
+
+    // warning: most of subsequent methods are currently only implemented in
+    //          wxMSW under Win95 and are silently ignored on other platforms
+
+    virtual void SetTickFreq(int WXUNUSED(n), int WXUNUSED(pos)) { }
+    virtual int GetTickFreq() const { return 0; }
+    virtual void ClearTicks() { }
+    virtual void SetTick(int WXUNUSED(tickPos)) { }
+
+    virtual void ClearSel() { }
+    virtual int GetSelEnd() const { return GetMin(); }
+    virtual int GetSelStart() const { return GetMax(); }
+    virtual void SetSelection(int WXUNUSED(min), int WXUNUSED(max)) { }
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// include the real class declaration
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/slider.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #ifdef __WIN95__
+        #include "wx/msw/slider95.h"
+        #define wxSlider wxSlider95
+        #define sm_classwxSlider sm_classwxSlider95
+    #else // Win16
+        #include "wx/msw/slidrmsw.h"
+        #define wxSlider wxSliderMSW
+        #define sm_classwxSlider sm_classwxSliderMSW
+    #endif // Win32/Win16
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/slider.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/slider.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/slider.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/slider.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/slider.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/slider.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_SLIDER_H_BASE_

include/wx/spinbutt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/spinbutt.h
+// Purpose:     wxSpinButtonBase class
+// Author:      Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     23.07.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_SPINBUTT_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_SPINBUTT_H_BASE_
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_SPINBTN
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+#include "wx/event.h"
+
+#define wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME _T("wxSpinButton")
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//  The wxSpinButton is like a small scrollbar than is often placed next
+//  to a text control.
+//
+//  Styles:
+//  wxSP_HORIZONTAL:   horizontal spin button
+//  wxSP_VERTICAL:     vertical spin button (the default)
+//  wxSP_ARROW_KEYS:   arrow keys increment/decrement value
+//  wxSP_WRAP:         value wraps at either end
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinButtonBase : public wxControl
+{
+public:
+    wxSpinButtonBase() { InitBase(); }
+
+    // accessors
+    virtual int GetValue() const = 0;
+    virtual int GetMin() const { return m_min; }
+    virtual int GetMax() const { return m_max; }
+
+    // operations
+    virtual void SetValue(int val) = 0;
+    virtual void SetRange(int minVal, int maxVal)
+    {
+        m_min = minVal;
+        m_max = maxVal;
+    }
+
+    // is this spin button vertically oriented?
+    bool IsVertical() const { return (m_windowStyle & wxSP_VERTICAL) != 0; }
+
+protected:
+    // init the base part of the control
+    void InitBase()
+    {
+        m_min = 0;
+        m_max = 100;
+    }
+
+    // the range value
+    int   m_min;
+    int   m_max;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// include the declaration of the real class
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/spinbutt.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(__WIN95__)
+    #include "wx/msw/spinbutt.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/spinbutt.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/spinbutt.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/spinbutt.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/spinbutt.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/spinbutt.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/spinbutt.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// the wxSpinButton event
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
+{
+public:
+    wxSpinEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0)
+           : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, id)
+    {
+    }
+
+    // get the current value of the control
+    int GetPosition() const { return m_commandInt; }
+    void SetPosition(int pos) { m_commandInt = pos; }
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinEvent)
+};
+
+typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSpinEventFunction)(wxSpinEvent&);
+
+// macros for handling spin events
+#define EVT_SPIN_UP(id, func) \
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxSpinEventFunction) & func, NULL ),
+#define EVT_SPIN_DOWN(id, func) \
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxSpinEventFunction) & func, NULL ),
+#define EVT_SPIN(id, func) \
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxSpinEventFunction) & func, NULL ),
+
+#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_SPINBUTT_H_BASE_

include/wx/statbmp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/statbmp.h
+// Purpose:     wxStaticBitmap class interface
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     25.08.00
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_STATBMP_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_STATBMP_H_BASE_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "statbmpbase.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_STATBMP
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+#include "wx/bitmap.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxStaticBitmapNameStr;
+
+// a control showing an icon or a bitmap
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBitmapBase : public wxControl
+{
+ public:
+#ifdef __DARWIN__
+    ~wxStaticBitmapBase() { }
+#endif
+    
+    // our interface
+    virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) = 0;
+    virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) = 0;
+    virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const = 0;
+
+    // overriden base class virtuals
+    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return FALSE; }
+
+protected:
+    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
+};
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/statbmp.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/statbmp.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/statbmp.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/statbmp.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/statbmp.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/statbmp.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/statbmp.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/statbmp.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_STATBMP
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_STATBMP_H_BASE_

include/wx/statbox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#ifndef _WX_STATBOX_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_STATBOX_H_BASE_
+
+#if wxUSE_STATBOX
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxStaticBoxNameStr;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxStaticBox: a grouping box with a label
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBoxBase : public wxControl
+{
+public:
+    // overriden base class virtuals
+    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return FALSE; }
+};
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+#include "wx/univ/statbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/statbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/statbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/statbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/statbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/statbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/statbox.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/statbox.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_STATBOX
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_STATBOX_H_BASE_

include/wx/stattext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#ifndef _WX_STATTEXT_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_STATTEXT_H_BASE_
+
+#if wxUSE_STATTEXT
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxStaticTextNameStr;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticTextBase : public wxControl
+{
+public:
+    // overriden base class virtuals
+    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return FALSE; }
+};
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/stattext.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/stattext.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/stattext.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/stattext.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/stattext.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/stattext.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/stattext.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/stattext.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_STATTEXT
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_STATTEXT_H_BASE_

include/wx/taskbar.h

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#ifndef _WX_TASKBAR_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_TASKBAR_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/taskbar.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#include "wx/motif/taskbar.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/taskbar.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/taskbar.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#include "wx/stubs/taskbar.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_TASKBAR_H_BASE_

include/wx/textctrl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        textctrl.h
+// Purpose:     wxTextCtrlBase class - the interface of wxTextCtrl
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     13.07.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_BASE_
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "textctrlbase.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
+
+#include "wx/control.h"         // the base class
+
+// 16-bit Borland 4.0 doesn't seem to allow multiple inheritance with wxWindow
+// and streambuf: it complains about deriving a huge class from the huge class
+// streambuf. !! Also, can't use streambuf if making or using a DLL :-(
+
+#if (defined(__BORLANDC__)) || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(_WINDLL) || defined(WXUSINGDLL) || defined(WXMAKINGDLL)
+    #define NO_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
+#endif
+
+// the streambuf which is used in the declaration of wxTextCtrlBase below is not compatible
+// with the standard-conforming implementation found in newer egcs versions
+// (that is, the libstdc++ v3 that is shipped with it)
+#if defined(__GNUC__)&&( (__GNUC__>2) ||( (__GNUC__==2)&&(__GNUC_MINOR__>97) ) )
+    #define NO_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NO_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
+    #if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
+        #include "wx/ioswrap.h"    // for iostream classes if we need them
+    #else // !wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
+        // can't compile this feature in if we don't use streams at all
+        #define NO_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
+    #endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM/!wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constants
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxTextCtrlNameStr;
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxEmptyString;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxTextCtrl style flags
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// the flag bits 0x0001, 2, 4 and 8 are free but should be used only for the
+// things which don't make sense for a text control used by wxTextEntryDialog
+// because they would otherwise conflict with wxOK, wxCANCEL, wxCENTRE
+#define wxTE_READONLY       0x0010
+#define wxTE_MULTILINE      0x0020
+#define wxTE_PROCESS_TAB    0x0040
+
+// this style means to use RICHEDIT control and does something only under wxMSW
+// and Win32 and is silently ignored under all other platforms
+#define wxTE_RICH           0x0080
+#define wxTE_NO_VSCROLL     0x0100
+#define wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL    0x0200
+#define wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER  0x0400
+#define wxTE_PASSWORD       0x0800
+
+// automatically detect the URLs and generate the events when mouse is
+// moved/clicked over an URL
+//
+// this is for Win32 richedit controls only so far
+#define wxTE_AUTO_URL       0x1000
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxTextAttr: a structure containing the visual attributes of a text
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextAttr
+{
+public:
+    // ctors
+    wxTextAttr() { }
+    wxTextAttr(const wxColour& colText,
+               const wxColour& colBack = wxNullColour,
+               const wxFont& font = wxNullFont)
+        : m_colText(colText), m_colBack(colBack), m_font(font) { }
+
+    // setters
+    void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; }
+    void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; }
+    void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; }
+
+    // accessors
+    bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.Ok(); }
+    bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.Ok(); }
+    bool HasFont() const { return m_font.Ok(); }
+
+    // setters
+    const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colText; }
+    const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack; }
+    const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; }
+
+    // returns false if we have any attributes set, true otherwise
+    bool IsDefault() const
+    {
+        return !HasTextColour() && !HasBackgroundColour() && !HasFont();
+    }
+
+private:
+    wxColour m_colText,
+             m_colBack;
+    wxFont   m_font;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxTextCtrl: a single or multiple line text zone where user can enter and
+// edit text
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrlBase : public wxControl
+#ifndef NO_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
+                                 , public wxSTD streambuf
+#endif
+
+{
+public:
+    // creation
+    // --------
+
+    wxTextCtrlBase();
+    ~wxTextCtrlBase();
+
+    // accessors
+    // ---------
+
+    virtual wxString GetValue() const = 0;
+    virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value) = 0;
+
+    virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const = 0;
+    virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const = 0;
+    virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const = 0;
+
+    virtual bool IsModified() const = 0;
+    virtual bool IsEditable() const = 0;
+
+    // If the return values from and to are the same, there is no selection.
+    virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const = 0;
+
+    // operations
+    // ----------
+
+    // editing
+    virtual void Clear() = 0;
+    virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value) = 0;
+    virtual void Remove(long from, long to) = 0;
+
+    // load/save the controls contents from/to the file
+    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file);
+    virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
+
+    // clears the dirty flag
+    virtual void DiscardEdits() = 0;
+
+    // set the max number of characters which may be entered in a single line
+    // text control
+    virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long WXUNUSED(len)) { }
+
+    // writing text inserts it at the current position, appending always
+    // inserts it at the end
+    virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text) = 0;
+    virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text) = 0;
+
+    // text control under some platforms supports the text styles: these
+    // methods allow to apply the given text style to the given selection or to
+    // set/get the style which will be used for all appended text
+    virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style);
+    virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
+    virtual const wxTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const;
+
+    // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl
+    // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates
+    // which represent column and line.
+    virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const = 0;
+    virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const = 0;
+
+    virtual void ShowPosition(long pos) = 0;
+
+    // Clipboard operations
+    virtual void Copy() = 0;
+    virtual void Cut() = 0;
+    virtual void Paste() = 0;
+
+    virtual bool CanCopy() const;
+    virtual bool CanCut() const;
+    virtual bool CanPaste() const;
+
+    // Undo/redo
+    virtual void Undo() = 0;
+    virtual void Redo() = 0;
+
+    virtual bool CanUndo() const = 0;
+    virtual bool CanRedo() const = 0;
+
+    // Insertion point
+    virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos) = 0;
+    virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd() = 0;
+    virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const = 0;
+    virtual long GetLastPosition() const = 0;
+
+    virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to) = 0;
+    virtual void SelectAll();
+    virtual void SetEditable(bool editable) = 0;
+
+    // streambuf methods
+#ifndef NO_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
+    int overflow(int i);
+    int sync();
+    int underflow();
+#endif // NO_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
+
+    // stream-like insertion operators: these are always available, whether we
+    // were, or not, compiled with streambuf support
+    wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const wxString& s);
+    wxTextCtrl& operator<<(int i);
+    wxTextCtrl& operator<<(long i);
+    wxTextCtrl& operator<<(float f);
+    wxTextCtrl& operator<<(double d);
+    wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const wxChar c);
+
+    // obsolete functions
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+    bool Modified() const { return IsModified(); }
+#endif
+
+protected:
+    // the name of the last file loaded with LoadFile() which will be used by
+    // SaveFile() by default
+    wxString m_filename;
+
+    // the text style which will be used for any new text added to the control
+    wxTextAttr m_defaultStyle;
+
+private:
+#ifndef NO_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
+#if !wxUSE_IOSTREAMH
+    char *m_streambuf;
+#endif
+#endif
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// include the platform-dependent class definition
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/univ/textctrl.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/textctrl.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/textctrl.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/textctrl.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/textctrl.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/textctrl.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/textctrl.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/textctrl.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxTextCtrl events
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES
+
+BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, 7)
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ENTER, 8)
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_URL, 13)
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_MAXLEN, 14)
+END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
+
+#endif // !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextUrlEvent : public wxCommandEvent
+{
+public:
+    wxTextUrlEvent(int id, const wxMouseEvent& evtMouse,
+                   long start, long end)
+        : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_URL, id),
+          m_evtMouse(evtMouse)
+        { m_start = start; m_end = end; }
+
+    // get the mouse event which happend over the URL
+    const wxMouseEvent& GetMouseEvent() const { return m_evtMouse; }
+
+    // get the start of the URL
+    long GetURLStart() const { return m_start; }
+
+    // get the end of the URL
+    long GetURLEnd() const { return m_end; }
+
+protected:
+    // the corresponding mouse event
+    wxMouseEvent m_evtMouse;
+
+    // the start and end indices of the URL in the text control
+    long m_start,
+         m_end;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextUrlEvent)
+
+public:
+    // for wxWin RTTI only, don't use
+    wxTextUrlEvent() { }
+};
+
+typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTextUrlEventFunction)(wxTextUrlEvent&);
+
+#define EVT_TEXT(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL ),
+#define EVT_TEXT_ENTER(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ENTER, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL ),
+#define EVT_TEXT_URL(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_URL, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction) (wxTextUrlEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL ),
+#define EVT_TEXT_MAXLEN(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_MAXLEN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL ),
+
+#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_BASE_

include/wx/tglbtn.h

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/tglbtn.h
+// Purpose:     This dummy header includes the proper header file for the
+//              system we're compiling under.
+// Author:      John Norris, minor changes by Axel Schlueter
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     08.02.01
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Johnny C. Norris II
+// License:     Rocketeer license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_BASE_
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN
+
+#include "wx/event.h"
+#include "wx/control.h"     // base class
+
+BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOGGLEBUTTON_CLICKED, 19)
+END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
+
+#define EVT_TOGGLEBUTTON(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOGGLEBUTTON_CLICKED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL ),
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/tglbtn.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/tglbtn.h"
+/*
+# elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+#  include "wx/motif/tglbtn.h"
+# elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#  include "wx/qt/tglbtn.h"
+# elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#  include "wx/mac/tglbtn.h"
+# elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#  include "wx/os2/tglbtn.h"
+# elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#  include "wx/stubs/tglbtn.h"
+*/
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN
+
+#endif // _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_BASE_
+

include/wx/timer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/timer.h
+// Purpose:     wxTimer, wxStopWatch and global time-related functions
+// Author:      Julian Smart (wxTimer), Sylvain Bougnoux (wxStopWatch)
+// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (wxTimerBase)
+//              Guillermo Rodriguez (global clean up)
+// Created:     04/01/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_TIMER_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_TIMER_H_BASE_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "timerbase.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/setup.h"
+#include "wx/object.h"
+#include "wx/longlong.h"
+#include "wx/event.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI && wxUSE_TIMER
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxTimer
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// the interface of wxTimer class
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTimerBase : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+    // ctors and initializers
+    // ----------------------
+
+    // default: if you don't call SetOwner(), your only chance to get timer
+    // notifications is to override Notify() in the derived class
+    wxTimerBase() { Init(); SetOwner(NULL); }
+
+    // ctor which allows to avoid having to override Notify() in the derived
+    // class: the owner will get timer notifications which can be handled with
+    // EVT_TIMER
+    wxTimerBase(wxEvtHandler *owner, int id = -1)
+        { Init(); SetOwner(owner, id); }
+
+    // same as ctor above
+    void SetOwner(wxEvtHandler *owner, int id = -1)
+        { m_owner = owner; m_idTimer = id; }
+
+#ifdef __DARWIN__
+    virtual ~wxTimerBase() { }
+#endif
+
+    // working with the timer
+    // ----------------------
+
+    // start the timer: if milliseconds == -1, use the same value as for the
+    // last Start()
+    //
+    // it is now valid to call Start() multiple times: this just restarts the
+    // timer if it is already running
+    virtual bool Start(int milliseconds = -1, bool oneShot = FALSE);
+
+    // stop the timer
+    virtual void Stop() = 0;
+
+    // override this in your wxTimer-derived class if you want to process timer
+    // messages in it, use non default ctor or SetOwner() otherwise
+    virtual void Notify();
+
+    // getting info
+    // ------------
+
+    // return TRUE if the timer is running
+    virtual bool IsRunning() const = 0;
+
+    // get the (last) timer interval in the milliseconds
+    int GetInterval() const { return m_milli; }
+
+    // return TRUE if the timer is one shot
+    bool IsOneShot() const { return m_oneShot; }
+
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2
+    // deprecated functions
+    int Interval() const { return GetInterval(); };
+    bool OneShot() const { return IsOneShot(); }
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2
+
+protected:
+    // common part of all ctors
+    void Init() { m_oneShot = FALSE; m_milli = 0; }
+
+    wxEvtHandler *m_owner;
+    int     m_idTimer;
+
+    int     m_milli;        // the timer interval
+    bool    m_oneShot;      // TRUE if one shot
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxTimer itself
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #include "wx/msw/timer.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/motif/timer.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/gtk/timer.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
+    #include "wx/mgl/timer.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/timer.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/mac/timer.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/os2/timer.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/stubs/timer.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxTimerRunner: starts the timer in its ctor, stops in the dtor
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTimerRunner
+{
+public:
+    wxTimerRunner(wxTimer& timer) : m_timer(timer) { }
+    wxTimerRunner(wxTimer& timer, int milli, bool oneShot = FALSE)
+        : m_timer(timer)
+    {
+        m_timer.Start(milli, oneShot);
+    }
+
+    void Start(int milli, bool oneShot = FALSE)
+    {
+        m_timer.Start(milli, oneShot);
+    }
+
+    ~wxTimerRunner()
+    {
+        if ( m_timer.IsRunning() )
+        {
+            m_timer.Stop();
+        }
+    }
+
+private:
+    wxTimer& m_timer;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxTimerEvent
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTimerEvent : public wxEvent
+{
+public:
+    wxTimerEvent(int id = 0, int interval = 0) : wxEvent(id)
+    {
+        m_eventType = wxEVT_TIMER;
+
+        m_interval = interval;
+    }
+
+    // accessors
+    int GetInterval() const { return m_interval; }
+
+private:
+    int m_interval;
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTimerEvent)
+};
+
+typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTimerEventFunction)(wxTimerEvent&);
+
+#define EVT_TIMER(id, func) \
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_TIMER, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTimerEventFunction) & func, NULL),
+
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI && wxUSE_TIMER
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxStopWatch: measure time intervals with up to 1ms resolution
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_STOPWATCH
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxStopWatch
+{
+public:
+    // ctor starts the stop watch
+    wxStopWatch()        { Start(); }
+    void Start(long t = 0);
+    void Pause()  { m_pause = GetElapsedTime(); }
+    void Resume() { Start(m_pause); }
+
+    // get elapsed time since the last Start() or Pause() in milliseconds
+    long Time() const;
+
+protected:
+    // returns the elapsed time since t0
+    long GetElapsedTime() const;
+
+private:
+    wxLongLong m_t0;      // the time of the last Start()
+    long m_pause;         // the time of the last Pause() or 0
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_STOPWATCH
+
+#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
+
+// Starts a global timer
+// -- DEPRECATED: use wxStopWatch instead
+void WXDLLEXPORT wxStartTimer();
+
+// Gets elapsed milliseconds since last wxStartTimer or wxGetElapsedTime
+// -- DEPRECATED: use wxStopWatch instead
+long WXDLLEXPORT wxGetElapsedTime(bool resetTimer = TRUE);
+
+#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// global time functions
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Get number of seconds since local time 00:00:00 Jan 1st 1970.
+extern long WXDLLEXPORT wxGetLocalTime();
+
+// Get number of seconds since GMT 00:00:00, Jan 1st 1970.
+extern long WXDLLEXPORT wxGetUTCTime();
+
+#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
+// Get number of milliseconds since local time 00:00:00 Jan 1st 1970
+extern wxLongLong WXDLLEXPORT wxGetLocalTimeMillis();
+#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG
+
+#define wxGetCurrentTime() wxGetLocalTime()
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_TIMER_H_BASE_

include/wx/toolbar.h

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/toolbar.h
+// Purpose:     wxToolBar interface declaration
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     20.11.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_TOOLBAR_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_TOOLBAR_H_BASE_
+
+#include "wx/tbarbase.h"     // the base class for all toolbars
+
+#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
+    #if !wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+        #include "wx/tbarsmpl.h"
+
+        class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolBar : public wxToolBarSimple
+        {
+        public:
+            wxToolBar() { }
+
+            wxToolBar(wxWindow *parent,
+                      wxWindowID id,
+                      const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                      const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                      long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
+                      const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr)
+                : wxToolBarSimple(parent, id, pos, size, style, name) { }
+
+        private:
+            DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar)
+        };
+    #else // wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE
+        #if defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(__WIN95__)
+           #include "wx/msw/tbar95.h"
+        #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+           #include "wx/msw/tbarmsw.h"
+        #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+           #include "wx/motif/toolbar.h"
+        #elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+           #include "wx/gtk/tbargtk.h"
+        #elif defined(__WXQT__)
+           #include "wx/qt/tbarqt.h"
+        #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+           #include "wx/mac/toolbar.h"
+        #elif defined(__WXPM__)
+           #include "wx/os2/toolbar.h"
+        #elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+           #include "wx/stubs/toolbar.h"
+        #endif
+    #endif // !wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE/wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_TOOLBAR_H_BASE_

include/wx/tooltip.h

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#ifndef _WX_TOOLTIP_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_TOOLTIP_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/tooltip.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+// #include "wx/motif/tooltip.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/tooltip.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/tooltip.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/tooltip.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/tooltip.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+// #include "wx/stubs/tooltip.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_TOOLTIP_H_BASE_

include/wx/treectrl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#ifndef _WX_TREECTRL_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_TREECTRL_H_BASE_
+
+#include "wx/treebase.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// include the platform-dependent wxTreeCtrl class
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #ifdef __WIN16__
+        #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
+    #else
+        #include "wx/msw/treectrl.h"
+    #endif
+#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+    #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+    #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+    #include "wx/qt/treectrl.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+    #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+    #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
+#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+    #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+#if !defined(__WXMSW__)
+#define wxTreeCtrl wxGenericTreeCtrl
+#define sm_classwxTreeCtrl sm_classwxGenericTreeCtrl
+#endif
+*/
+
+#endif // _WX_TREECTRL_H_BASE_
+

include/wx/wave.h

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#ifndef _WX_WAVE_H_BASE_
+#define _WX_WAVE_H_BASE_
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#include "wx/msw/wave.h"
+#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+#include "wx/gtk/wave.h"
+#elif defined(__WXQT__)
+#include "wx/qt/wave.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/wave.h"
+#elif defined(__WXPM__)
+#include "wx/os2/wave.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+#include "wx/mac/wave.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_TREECTRL_H_BASE_

src/tiff/.cvsignore

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-tiffM*Data
-tiffM5.mcp
-Debug
-Release

src/tiff/COPYRIGHT

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
-Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
-its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
-that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
-all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
-Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
-publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
-permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
-EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
-WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
-
-IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
-ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
-OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
-LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
-OF THIS SOFTWARE.

src/tiff/MAKEFILE.VA

@@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
-#
-# File:      makefile.vc
-# Author:    David Webster
-# Created:   2000
-# Updated:
-# Copyright: c) 2000, BHM
-#
-# "%W% %G%"
-#
-# Makefile : Builds os2tiff.lib library for OS/2 3.0/4.0
-
-# Suffixes
-OBJSUFF=obj
-SRCSUFF=cpp
-
-OS2FLAGS=/c /W2 /DOS232 /D__VISAGECPP__ /D__VISAGECPP30__ /DOS2_32 /Tdc /Q /N100
-OS2LINKFLAGS=/BASE:0x00010000 /PMTYPE:PM /NOE /NOD /ALIGN:16
-OS2LIBFLAGS=/NOL /NOE
-OS2LIBS=CPPOM30.lib CPPOOC3.LIB OS2386.LIB
-
-!if "$(WXMAKINGDLL)" != "0"
-EXTRADLLFLAGS=/DWXMAKINGDLL=1 /Ge- /D__OS2DLL__
-EXTRALNKFLAGS=/DLL
-!endif
-
-# Change WXDIR or WXWIN to wherever wxWindows is found
-WXDIR = $(WXWIN)
-
-OS2TIFFDIR=$(WXDIR)\src\tiff
-OS2TIFFINC=$(WINTIFFDIR)
-OS2TIFFLIB=$(WXDIR)\lib\os2tiff.lib
-
-!if "$(WXMAKINGDLL)" != "1"
-OS2TIFFLIB=$(WXDIR)\lib\os2tiff.lib
-!else
-OS2TIFFLIB=$(WXDIR)\lib\os2tiff.dll
-!endif
-
-INC=-I$(WXDIR)\src\TIFF -I$(OS2TIFFINC)
-
-!ifndef FINAL
-FINAL=0
-!endif
-
-!if "$(NOPCH)" == "1"
-PCH=
-PRECOMP=
-MAKEPRECOMP=
-!else
-PCH=$(WXLIBNAME).pch
-PRECOMP=/Si$(PCH)
-MAKEPRECOMP=/Fi$(PCH)
-!endif
-
-!if "$(FINAL)" == "0"
-!if "$(WXMAKINGDLL)" == "1"
-D=DebugOS2DLL
-!else
-D=DebugOS2
-!endif
-OPT =
-DEBUG_FLAGS= /Ti /D__WXDEBUG__ #/Fb
-LINK_DEBUG_FLAGS=/DEBUG
-CRTFLAG=/Gm /Gd
-!else
-# /O1 - smallest code
-# /O2 - fastest code
-!if "$(WXMAKINGDLL)" == "1"
-D=RelseOS2DLL
-!else
-D=RelseOS2
-!endif
-OPT = /O+ /Oc /G5
-DEBUG_FLAGS=
-LINK_DEBUG_FLAGS=/RELEASE
-CRTFLAG=/Gm /Gd
-!endif
-
-!if [md $(OS2TIFFDIR)\$D]
-!endif
-
-
-CPPFLAGS=$(OS2FLAGS) $(EXTRADLLFLAGS) $(DEBUG_FLAGS) $(PRECOMP) $(INC) $(OPT) $(CRTFLAG)
-LINKFKAGS=$(OS2LINKFLAGS) $(EXTRALNKFLAGS)
-
-{..\tiff}.c{..\tiff\$D}.obj:
-    @echo $<
-    icc @<<
-$(CPPFLAGS) /Fo$@ /Tp $<
-<<
-
-OBJECTS = \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_aux.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_close.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_codec.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_compress.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_dir.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_dirinfo.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_dirread.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_dirwrite.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_dumpmode.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_error.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_fax3.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_fax3sm.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_flush.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_getimage.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_jpeg.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_luv.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_lzw.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_next.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_open.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_os2.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_packbits.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_pixarlog.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_predict.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_print.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_read.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_strip.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_swab.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_thunder.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_tile.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_version.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_warning.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_write.obj \
-  ..\tiff\$D\tif_zip.obj
-
-LIBOBJECTS = \
-  tif_aux.obj \
-  tif_close.obj \
-  tif_codec.obj \
-  tif_compress.obj \
-  tif_dir.obj \
-  tif_dirinfo.obj \
-  tif_dirread.obj \
-  tif_dirwrite.obj \
-  tif_dumpmode.obj \
-  tif_error.obj \
-  tif_fax3.obj \
-  tif_fax3sm.obj \
-  tif_flush.obj \
-  tif_getimage.obj \
-  tif_jpeg.obj \
-  tif_luv.obj \
-  tif_lzw.obj \
-  tif_next.obj \
-  tif_open.obj \
-  tif_os2.obj \
-  tif_packbits.obj \
-  tif_pixarlog.obj \
-  tif_predict.obj \
-  tif_print.obj \
-  tif_read.obj \
-  tif_strip.obj \
-  tif_swab.obj \
-  tif_thunder.obj \
-  tif_tile.obj \
-  tif_version.obj \
-  tif_warning.obj \
-  tif_write.obj \
-  tif_zip.obj
-
-all:  $(OBJECTS) $(OS2TIFFLIB)
-
-!if "$(WXMAKINGDLL)" != "1"
-
-$(WXDIR)\lib\os2tiff.lib: $(LIBOBJECTS)
- touch $(WXDIR)\lib\os2tiff.lib
- del $(WXDIR)\lib\os2tiff.lib
- ilib $(OS2LIBFLAGS) $@ @<<
-    $**;
-<<
-  del *.obj
-
-!else
-
-# Update the dynamic link library
-$(WXDIR)\lib\os2tiff.dll: $(OBJECTS)
-    icc @<<
-    /B" $(LINKFLAGS)" /Fe$@
-    $(LIBS)
-    $(OBJECTS)
-    $(WXDIR)\src\os2\os2tiff.def
-<<
-    implib $(WXDIR)\lib\os2tiffd.lib $(WXDIR)\src\os2\os2tiff.def
-
-!endif
-
-clean:
-        del      $(OS2TIFFLIB)
-        erase /N $(OS2TIFFDIR)\$D
-        rd       $(OS2TIFFDIR)\$D
-
-cleanall:     clean
-
-$(LIBOBJECTS):
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_aux.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_close.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_codec.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_compress.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_dir.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_dirinfo.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_dirread.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_dirwrite.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_dumpmode.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_error.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_fax3.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_fax3sm.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_flush.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_getimage.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_jpeg.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_luv.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_lzw.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_next.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_open.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_os2.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_packbits.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_pixarlog.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_predict.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_print.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_read.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_strip.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_swab.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_thunder.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_tile.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_version.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_warning.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_write.obj
-  copy ..\tiff\$D\tif_zip.obj
-

src/tiff/Makefile.lcc

@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-# $Header$
-#
-# Tag Image File Format Library
-#
-# Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
-# Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-# 
-# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
-# its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
-# that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
-# all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
-# Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
-# publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
-# permission of Stanford and Silicon Graphics.
-# 
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
-# EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
-# WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
-# 
-# IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
-# ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
-# OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-# WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
-# LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
-# OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-#
-DESTDIR=.
-#
-INSTALL=install
-NULL=
-
-IPATH=	-I. -I../jpeg
-CONF_LIBRARY=\
-	${NULL}
-COPTS=	-Oloop -cwagshf -d1 -b0 -v -DNDEBUG -rr -j135i
-CFLAGS=	${COPTS} ${IPATH} ${CONF_LIBRARY}
-#
-INCS=	tiff.h tiffio.h
-SRCS=	tif_fax3.c \
-	tif_fax4.c \
-	tif_aux.c \
-	tif_atari.c \
-	tif_ccittrle.c \
-	tif_close.c \
-	tif_compress.c \
-	tif_dir.c \
-	tif_dirinfo.c \
-	tif_dirread.c \
-	tif_dirwrite.c \
-	tif_dumpmode.c \
-	tif_error.c \
-	tif_getimage.c \
-	tif_jpeg.c \
-	tif_flush.c \
-	tif_lzw.c \
-	tif_next.c \
-	tif_open.c \
-	tif_packbits.c \
-	tif_print.c \
-	tif_read.c \
-	tif_swab.c \
-	tif_strip.c \
-	tif_thunder.c \
-	tif_tile.c \
-	tif_version.c \
-	tif_warning.c \
-	tif_write.c \
-	${NULL}
-OBJS=	tif_fax3.o \
-	tif_fax4.o \
-	tif_aux.o \
-	tif_atari.o \
-	tif_ccittrle.o \
-	tif_close.o \
-	tif_compress.o \
-	tif_dir.o \
-	tif_dirinfo.o \
-	tif_dirread.o \
-	tif_dirwrite.o \
-	tif_dumpmode.o \
-	tif_error.o \
-	tif_getimage.o \
-	tif_jpeg.o \
-	tif_flush.o \
-	tif_lzw.o \
-	tif_next.o \
-	tif_open.o \
-	tif_packbits.o \
-	tif_print.o \
-	tif_read.o \
-	tif_swab.o \
-	tif_strip.o \
-	tif_thunder.o \
-	tif_tile.o \
-	tif_version.o \
-	tif_warning.o \
-	tif_write.o \
-	${NULL}
-ALL=	tiffrnb.lib
-
-all:	${ALL}
-
-${ALL}:	${OBJS}
-	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ r $<
-
-${OBJS}: tiffio.h tiff.h tiffcomp.h tiffiop.h tiffconf.h
-tif_fax3.o: tif_fax3.c g3states.h t4.h tif_fax3.h
-
-g3states.h: mkg3states.c t4.h
-	${CC} -o mkg3states.ttp ${CFLAGS} mkg3states.c
-	./mkg3states -c > g3states.h
-
-install: all installh
-	-for i in ${ALL}; do \
-	${INSTALL} -c -m 644 $$i ${DESTDIR}/lib/$$i; \
-	done
-
-installh: ${INCS}
-	-for i in ${INCS}; do \
-		h=`basename $$i`; \
-		cmp -s $$i ${DESTDIR}/include/$$h || \
-		  ${INSTALL} -c -m 444 $$i ${DESTDIR}/include/$$h; \
-	done
-
-clean:
-	rm -f ${ALL} ${OBJS} mkg3states.ttp mkg3states.o g3states.h
-
-tags:	${SRCS}
-	${CTAGS} ${SRCS}

src/tiff/README

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-$Header$
-
-
-TIFF Software Distribution
---------------------------
-This file is just a placeholder; all the documentation is now in
-HTML in the html directory.  To view the documentation point your
-favorite WWW viewer at html/index.html; e.g.
-
-    netscape html/index.html
-
-If you don't have an HTML viewer then you can read the HTML source
-or fetch a PostScript version of this documentation from the directory
-
-    ftp://ftp.sgi.com/graphics/tiff/doc
-
-If you can't hack either of these options then basically what you
-want to do is:
-
-    % ./configure
-    % make
-    % su
-    # make install
-
-If that doesn't do what you want, or something isn't clear then
-sorry, but you're SOL.
-
-    Sam Leffler	(sam@engr.sgi.com)
-
-
-Use and Copyright
------------------
-Silicon Graphics has seen fit to allow me to give this work away.  It
-is free.  There is no support or guarantee of any sort as to its
-operations, correctness, or whatever.  If you do anything useful with
-all or parts of it you need to honor the copyright notices.   I would
-also be interested in knowing about it and, hopefully, be acknowledged.
-
-The legal way of saying that is:
-
-Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
-Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
-its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
-that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
-all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
-Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
-publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
-permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
-EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
-WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
-
-IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
-ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
-OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
-LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
-OF THIS SOFTWARE.

src/tiff/TODO

@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-#	$Header$
-
-o tiffcmp read data by strip/tile instead of scanline
-o YCbCr sampling support
-o extracate colorspace conversion support
-o look at isolating all codecs from TIFF library
-o JPEG colormode order dependency problem

src/tiff/VERSION

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-3.6.1-2

src/tiff/libtiff.def

@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-LIBRARY libtiff
-EXPORTS TIFFOpen
-	TIFFGetVersion
-	TIFFClose
-	TIFFFlush
-	TIFFFlushData
-	TIFFGetField
-	TIFFVGetField
-	TIFFGetFieldDefaulted
-	TIFFVGetFieldDefaulted
-	TIFFGetTagListEntry
-	TIFFGetTagListCount
-	TIFFReadDirectory
-	TIFFScanlineSize
-	TIFFStripSize
-	TIFFVStripSize
-	TIFFRawStripSize
-	TIFFTileRowSize
-	TIFFTileSize
-	TIFFVTileSize
-	TIFFFileno
-	TIFFGetMode
-	TIFFIsTiled
-	TIFFIsByteSwapped
-	TIFFCIELabToRGBInit
-	TIFFCIELabToXYZ
-	TIFFXYZToRGB
-	TIFFYCbCrToRGBInit
-	TIFFYCbCrtoRGB
-	TIFFCurrentRow
-	TIFFCurrentDirectory
-	TIFFCurrentStrip
-	TIFFCurrentTile
-	TIFFDataWidth
-	TIFFReadBufferSetup
-	TIFFLastDirectory
-	TIFFSetDirectory
-	TIFFSetSubDirectory
-	TIFFUnlinkDirectory
-	TIFFSetField
-	TIFFVSetField
-	TIFFCheckpointDirectory
-	TIFFWriteDirectory
-	TIFFRewriteDirectory
-	TIFFPrintDirectory
-	TIFFReadScanline
-	TIFFWriteScanline
-	TIFFReadRGBAImage
-	TIFFReadRGBAImageOriented
-	TIFFPrintDirectory
-	TIFFReadScanline
-	TIFFWriteScanline
-	TIFFReadRGBAImage
-	TIFFFdOpen
-	TIFFClientOpen
-	TIFFFileName
-	TIFFError
-	TIFFWarning
-	TIFFSetErrorHandler
-	TIFFSetWarningHandler
-	TIFFComputeTile
-	TIFFCheckTile
-	TIFFNumberOfTiles
-	TIFFReadTile
-	TIFFWriteTile
-	TIFFComputeStrip
-	TIFFNumberOfStrips
-	TIFFRGBAImageBegin
-	TIFFRGBAImageEnd
-	TIFFReadEncodedStrip
-	TIFFReadRawStrip
-	TIFFReadEncodedTile
-	TIFFReadRawTile
-	TIFFReadRGBATile
-	TIFFReadRGBAStrip
-	TIFFWriteEncodedStrip
-	TIFFWriteRawStrip
-	TIFFWriteEncodedTile
-	TIFFWriteRawTile
-	TIFFSetWriteOffset
-	TIFFSwabDouble
-	TIFFSwabShort
-	TIFFSwabLong
-	TIFFSwabArrayOfShort
-	TIFFSwabArrayOfLong
-	TIFFSwabArrayOfDouble
-	TIFFReverseBits
-	TIFFGetBitRevTable
-	TIFFDefaultStripSize
-	TIFFDefaultTileSize
-	TIFFRasterScanlineSize
-	_TIFFmalloc
-	_TIFFrealloc
-	_TIFFfree
-	_TIFFmemset
-	_TIFFmemcpy
-	_TIFFmemcmp
-	TIFFCreateDirectory
-	TIFFDefaultStripSize
-
-
-

src/tiff/makefile.sc

@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-##############################################################################
-# Name:			src/tiff/makefile.sc
-# Purpose:		build tiff Digital Mars 8.33 compiler
-# Author:		Chris Elliott
-# Created:		21.01.03
-# RCS-ID:		$Id$
-# Licence:		wxWindows licence
-##############################################################################
-
-WXDIR = ..\..
-
-include $(WXDIR)\src\makesc.env
-
-LIBTARGET=$(WXDIR)\lib\tiff$(SC_SUFFIX).lib
-THISDIR=$(WXDIR)\src\tiff
-
-# variables
-OBJECTS = \
-        $(THISDIR)\tif_aux.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_close.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_codec.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_compress.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_dir.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_dirinfo.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_dirread.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_dirwrite.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_dumpmode.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_error.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_fax3.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_fax3sm.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_flush.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_getimage.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_jpeg.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_luv.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_lzw.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_next.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_open.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_packbits.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_pixarlog.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_predict.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_print.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_read.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_strip.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_swab.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_thunder.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_tile.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_version.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_warning.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_win32.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_write.obj \
-		$(THISDIR)\tif_zip.obj \
-
-include $(WXDIR)\src\makelib.sc
-

src/tiff/makefile.vc

@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-#
-#	Simple MS VC++ Makefile
-#
-#	To build:
-#       C:\libtiff\libtiff> nmake /f makefile.vc all
-#
-
-# 
-# Select _CONSOLE to build a library which reports errors to stderr, or
-# _WINDOWED to build such that errors are reported via MessageBox().
-#
-WINMODE = -DTIF_PLATFORM_CONSOLE
-#WINMODE = -DTIF_PLATFORM_WINDOWED
-
-# Uncomment and edit following lines to enable JPEG support
-#JPEG_SUPPORT	= 1
-#JPEGDIR 	= d:/projects/jpeg-6b
-
-CC      	= cl
-INCL		= -I.
-LIBS    	=
-EXTRAFLAGS	=
-
-!IFDEF JPEG_SUPPORT
-INCL		= $(INCL) -I$(JPEGDIR)
-EXTRAFLAGS	= $(EXTRAFLAGS) -DJPEG_SUPPORT
-!ENDIF
-
-CFLAGS  = /nologo /W3 $(INCL) $(WINMODE) $(EXTRAFLAGS)
-
-OBJ	= \
-	tif_aux.obj \
-	tif_close.obj \
-	tif_codec.obj \
-	tif_color.obj \
-	tif_compress.obj \
-	tif_dir.obj \
-	tif_dirinfo.obj \
-	tif_dirread.obj \
-	tif_dirwrite.obj \
-	tif_dumpmode.obj \
-	tif_error.obj \
-	tif_extension.obj \
-	tif_fax3.obj \
-	fax3sm_winnt.obj \
-	tif_getimage.obj \
-	tif_jpeg.obj \
-	tif_ojpeg.obj \
-	tif_flush.obj \
-	tif_luv.obj \
-	tif_lzw.obj \
-	tif_next.obj \
-	tif_open.obj \
-	tif_packbits.obj \
-	tif_pixarlog.obj \
-	tif_predict.obj \
-	tif_print.obj \
-	tif_read.obj \
-	tif_swab.obj \
-	tif_strip.obj \
-	tif_thunder.obj \
-	tif_tile.obj \
-	tif_win32.obj \
-	tif_version.obj \
-	tif_warning.obj \
-	tif_write.obj \
-	tif_zip.obj
-
-VERSION	= ..\VERSION
-ALPHA = ..\dist\tiff.alpha
-
-default:	libtiff.lib
-
-all:	libtiff.lib libtiff.dll
-
-libtiff.lib:	tiffvers.h $(OBJ)
-	lib /out:libtiff.lib $(OBJ)
-
-libtiff.dll:	$(OBJ)
-	link /dll /def:libtiff.def /out:libtiff.dll /implib:libtiff_i.lib \
-		$(OBJ) $(LIBS)
-	
-tiffvers.h:	$(VERSION) mkversion.c
-	$(CC) mkversion.c 
-	if exist tiffvers.h del tiffvers.h
-	.\mkversion.exe -v $(VERSION) tiffvers.h
-
-clean:
-	del *.obj *.lib libtiff.dll
-
-tif_version.obj:	tiffvers.h
-
-

src/tiff/makefile.wat

@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-#!/binb/wmake.exe
-#
-# File:		makefile.wat
-# Author:	Julian Smart
-# Created:	1998
-# Changelist:	2003-02-25 - Juergen Ulbts - update from wxWindows 2.5.x/HEAD branch
-#
-# Makefile : Builds TIFF library for Watcom C++, WIN32
-# This makefile has to rename files because apparently Watcom C++
-# can't deal with greater than 8.3 filenames (can't
-# make tif_close.c, for example)
-
-WXDIR = ..\..
-EXTRACPPFLAGS=-i=..\zlib
-
-!include $(WXDIR)\src\makewat.env
-
-# set RENAME to 1 to rename the files to the short names -- this is needed
-# with older Watcom versions
-# RENAME=1
-
-!ifeq RENAME 1
-TIFF=
-EXTRACPPFLAGS+=-dwxUSE_SHORTNAMES
-!else
-TIFF=tif_
-!endif
-
-WXLIB = $(WXDIR)\lib
-
-LIBTARGET = $(WXLIB)\tiff$(WATCOM_SUFFIX).lib
-
-OBJECTS= &
-!ifeq RENAME 1
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\_aux.obj &
-!else
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\tif_aux.obj &
-!endif
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)close.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)codec.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)compress.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)dir.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)dirinfo.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)dirread.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)dirwrite.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)dumpmode.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)error.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)fax3.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)fax3sm.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)flush.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)getimage.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)jpeg.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)luv.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)lzw.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)next.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)open.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)packbits.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)pixarlog.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)predict.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)print.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)read.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)strip.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)swab.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)thunder.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)tile.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)version.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)warning.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)win32.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)write.obj &
-		$(OUTPUTDIR)\$(TIFF)zip.obj
-
-all: $(OUTPUTDIR) $(RENAME) $(LIBTARGET) .SYMBOLIC
-
-!ifeq RENAME 1
-rename: .SYMBOLIC
-		copy tif_predict.h tif_pred.h
-		copy tif_aux.c _aux.c 
-		copy tif_close.c close.c 
-		copy tif_codec.c codec.c 
-		copy tif_compress.c compress.c 
-		copy tif_dir.c dir.c 
-		copy tif_dirinfo.c dirinfo.c 
-		copy tif_dirread.c dirread.c 
-		copy tif_dirwrite.c dirwrite.c 
-		copy tif_dumpmode.c dumpmode.c 
-		copy tif_error.c error.c 
-		copy tif_fax3.c fax3.c 
-		copy tif_fax3sm.c fax3sm.c 
-		copy tif_flush.c flush.c 
-		copy tif_getimage.c getimage.c 
-		copy tif_jpeg.c jpeg.c 
-		copy tif_luv.c luv.c 
-		copy tif_lzw.c lzw.c 
-		copy tif_next.c next.c 
-		copy tif_open.c open.c 
-		copy tif_packbits.c packbits.c 
-		copy tif_pixarlog.c pixarlog.c 
-		copy tif_predict.c predict.c 
-		copy tif_print.c print.c 
-		copy tif_read.c read.c 
-		copy tif_strip.c strip.c 
-		copy tif_swab.c swab.c 
-		copy tif_thunder.c thunder.c 
-		copy tif_tile.c tile.c 
-		copy tif_version.c version.c 
-		copy tif_warning.c warning.c 
-		copy tif_win32.c win32.c 
-		copy tif_write.c write.c 
-		copy tif_zip.c zip.c
-!endif
-
-$(OUTPUTDIR):
-	@if not exist $^@ mkdir $^@
-
-LBCFILE=$(OUTPUTDIR)\tiff.lbc
-$(LIBTARGET) : $(OBJECTS)
-    %create $(LBCFILE)
-    @for %i in ( $(OBJECTS) ) do @%append $(LBCFILE) +%i
-    wlib /q /b /c /n /p=512 $^@ @$(LBCFILE)
-
-clean:   .SYMBOLIC
-    -erase *.obj
-    -erase $(LIBTARGET)
-    -erase *.pch
-    -erase *.err
-    -erase *.lbc
-!ifeq RENAME 1
-	-erase tif_pred.h
-	-erase _aux.c 
-	-erase close.c 
-	-erase codec.c 
-	-erase compress.c 
-	-erase dir.c 
-	-erase dirinfo.c 
-	-erase dirread.c 
-	-erase dirwrite.c 
-	-erase dumpmode.c 
-	-erase error.c 
-	-erase fax3.c 
-	-erase fax3sm.c 
-	-erase flush.c 
-	-erase getimage.c 
-	-erase jpeg.c 
-	-erase luv.c 
-	-erase lzw.c 
-	-erase next.c 
-	-erase open.c 
-	-erase packbits.c 
-	-erase pixarlog.c 
-	-erase predict.c 
-	-erase print.c 
-	-erase read.c 
-	-erase strip.c 
-	-erase swab.c 
-	-erase thunder.c 
-	-erase tile.c 
-	-erase version.c 
-	-erase warning.c 
-	-erase win32.c 
-	-erase write.c 
-	-erase zip.c
-!endif
-
-cleanall:   clean
-

src/tiff/mkg3states.c

@@ -1,436 +0,0 @@
-/* "$Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/* Initialise fax decoder tables
- * Decoder support is derived, with permission, from the code
- * in Frank Cringle's viewfax program;
- *      Copyright (C) 1990, 1995  Frank D. Cringle.
- */
-#if defined(unix) || defined(__unix)
-#include "port.h"
-#else
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "tif_fax3.h"
-
-#define	streq(a,b)	(strcmp(a,b) == 0)
-
-/* NB: can't use names in tif_fax3.h 'cuz they are declared const */
-TIFFFaxTabEnt MainTable[128];
-TIFFFaxTabEnt WhiteTable[4096];
-TIFFFaxTabEnt BlackTable[8192];
-
-struct proto {
-    uint16 code;		/* right justified, lsb-first, zero filled */
-    uint16 val;		/* (pixel count)<<4 + code width  */
-};
-
-static struct proto Pass[] = {
-{ 0x0008, 4 },
-{ 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static struct proto Horiz[]  = {
-{ 0x0004, 3 },
-{ 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static struct proto V0[]  = {
-{ 0x0001, 1 },
-{ 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static struct proto VR[]  = {
-{ 0x0006, (1<<4)+3 },
-{ 0x0030, (2<<4)+6 },
-{ 0x0060, (3<<4)+7 },
-{ 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static struct proto VL[]  = {
-{ 0x0002, (1<<4)+3 },
-{ 0x0010, (2<<4)+6 },
-{ 0x0020, (3<<4)+7 },
-{ 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static struct proto Ext[]  = {
-{ 0x0040, 7 },
-{ 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static struct proto EOLV[]  = {
-{ 0x0000, 7 },
-{ 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static struct proto MakeUpW[] = {
-{ 0x001b, 1029 },
-{ 0x0009, 2053 },
-{ 0x003a, 3078 },
-{ 0x0076, 4103 },
-{ 0x006c, 5128 },
-{ 0x00ec, 6152 },
-{ 0x0026, 7176 },
-{ 0x00a6, 8200 },
-{ 0x0016, 9224 },
-{ 0x00e6, 10248 },
-{ 0x0066, 11273 },
-{ 0x0166, 12297 },
-{ 0x0096, 13321 },
-{ 0x0196, 14345 },
-{ 0x0056, 15369 },
-{ 0x0156, 16393 },
-{ 0x00d6, 17417 },
-{ 0x01d6, 18441 },
-{ 0x0036, 19465 },
-{ 0x0136, 20489 },
-{ 0x00b6, 21513 },
-{ 0x01b6, 22537 },
-{ 0x0032, 23561 },
-{ 0x0132, 24585 },
-{ 0x00b2, 25609 },
-{ 0x0006, 26630 },
-{ 0x01b2, 27657 },
-{ 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static struct proto MakeUpB[] = {
-{ 0x03c0, 1034 },
-{ 0x0130, 2060 },
-{ 0x0930, 3084 },
-{ 0x0da0, 4108 },
-{ 0x0cc0, 5132 },
-{ 0x02c0, 6156 },
-{ 0x0ac0, 7180 },
-{ 0x06c0, 8205 },
-{ 0x16c0, 9229 },
-{ 0x0a40, 10253 },
-{ 0x1a40, 11277 },
-{ 0x0640, 12301 },
-{ 0x1640, 13325 },
-{ 0x09c0, 14349 },
-{ 0x19c0, 15373 },
-{ 0x05c0, 16397 },
-{ 0x15c0, 17421 },
-{ 0x0dc0, 18445 },
-{ 0x1dc0, 19469 },
-{ 0x0940, 20493 },
-{ 0x1940, 21517 },
-{ 0x0540, 22541 },
-{ 0x1540, 23565 },
-{ 0x0b40, 24589 },
-{ 0x1b40, 25613 },
-{ 0x04c0, 26637 },
-{ 0x14c0, 27661 },
-{ 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static struct proto MakeUp[] = {
-{ 0x0080, 28683 },
-{ 0x0180, 29707 },
-{ 0x0580, 30731 },
-{ 0x0480, 31756 },
-{ 0x0c80, 32780 },
-{ 0x0280, 33804 },
-{ 0x0a80, 34828 },
-{ 0x0680, 35852 },
-{ 0x0e80, 36876 },
-{ 0x0380, 37900 },
-{ 0x0b80, 38924 },
-{ 0x0780, 39948 },
-{ 0x0f80, 40972 },
-{ 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static struct proto TermW[] = {
-{ 0x00ac, 8 },
-{ 0x0038, 22 },
-{ 0x000e, 36 },
-{ 0x0001, 52 },
-{ 0x000d, 68 },
-{ 0x0003, 84 },
-{ 0x0007, 100 },
-{ 0x000f, 116 },
-{ 0x0019, 133 },
-{ 0x0005, 149 },
-{ 0x001c, 165 },
-{ 0x0002, 181 },
-{ 0x0004, 198 },
-{ 0x0030, 214 },
-{ 0x000b, 230 },
-{ 0x002b, 246 },
-{ 0x0015, 262 },
-{ 0x0035, 278 },
-{ 0x0072, 295 },
-{ 0x0018, 311 },
-{ 0x0008, 327 },
-{ 0x0074, 343 },
-{ 0x0060, 359 },
-{ 0x0010, 375 },
-{ 0x000a, 391 },
-{ 0x006a, 407 },
-{ 0x0064, 423 },
-{ 0x0012, 439 },
-{ 0x000c, 455 },
-{ 0x0040, 472 },
-{ 0x00c0, 488 },
-{ 0x0058, 504 },
-{ 0x00d8, 520 },
-{ 0x0048, 536 },
-{ 0x00c8, 552 },
-{ 0x0028, 568 },
-{ 0x00a8, 584 },
-{ 0x0068, 600 },
-{ 0x00e8, 616 },
-{ 0x0014, 632 },
-{ 0x0094, 648 },
-{ 0x0054, 664 },
-{ 0x00d4, 680 },
-{ 0x0034, 696 },
-{ 0x00b4, 712 },
-{ 0x0020, 728 },
-{ 0x00a0, 744 },
-{ 0x0050, 760 },
-{ 0x00d0, 776 },
-{ 0x004a, 792 },
-{ 0x00ca, 808 },
-{ 0x002a, 824 },
-{ 0x00aa, 840 },
-{ 0x0024, 856 },
-{ 0x00a4, 872 },
-{ 0x001a, 888 },
-{ 0x009a, 904 },
-{ 0x005a, 920 },
-{ 0x00da, 936 },
-{ 0x0052, 952 },
-{ 0x00d2, 968 },
-{ 0x004c, 984 },
-{ 0x00cc, 1000 },
-{ 0x002c, 1016 },
-{ 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static struct proto TermB[] = {
-{ 0x03b0, 10 },
-{ 0x0002, 19 },
-{ 0x0003, 34 },
-{ 0x0001, 50 },
-{ 0x0006, 67 },
-{ 0x000c, 84 },
-{ 0x0004, 100 },
-{ 0x0018, 117 },
-{ 0x0028, 134 },
-{ 0x0008, 150 },
-{ 0x0010, 167 },
-{ 0x0050, 183 },
-{ 0x0070, 199 },
-{ 0x0020, 216 },
-{ 0x00e0, 232 },
-{ 0x0030, 249 },
-{ 0x03a0, 266 },
-{ 0x0060, 282 },
-{ 0x0040, 298 },
-{ 0x0730, 315 },
-{ 0x00b0, 331 },
-{ 0x01b0, 347 },
-{ 0x0760, 363 },
-{ 0x00a0, 379 },
-{ 0x0740, 395 },
-{ 0x00c0, 411 },
-{ 0x0530, 428 },
-{ 0x0d30, 444 },
-{ 0x0330, 460 },
-{ 0x0b30, 476 },
-{ 0x0160, 492 },
-{ 0x0960, 508 },
-{ 0x0560, 524 },
-{ 0x0d60, 540 },
-{ 0x04b0, 556 },
-{ 0x0cb0, 572 },
-{ 0x02b0, 588 },
-{ 0x0ab0, 604 },
-{ 0x06b0, 620 },
-{ 0x0eb0, 636 },
-{ 0x0360, 652 },
-{ 0x0b60, 668 },
-{ 0x05b0, 684 },
-{ 0x0db0, 700 },
-{ 0x02a0, 716 },
-{ 0x0aa0, 732 },
-{ 0x06a0, 748 },
-{ 0x0ea0, 764 },
-{ 0x0260, 780 },
-{ 0x0a60, 796 },
-{ 0x04a0, 812 },
-{ 0x0ca0, 828 },
-{ 0x0240, 844 },
-{ 0x0ec0, 860 },
-{ 0x01c0, 876 },
-{ 0x0e40, 892 },
-{ 0x0140, 908 },
-{ 0x01a0, 924 },
-{ 0x09a0, 940 },
-{ 0x0d40, 956 },
-{ 0x0340, 972 },
-{ 0x05a0, 988 },
-{ 0x0660, 1004 },
-{ 0x0e60, 1020 },
-{ 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static struct proto EOLH[] = {
-{ 0x0000, 11 },
-{ 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static void
-FillTable(TIFFFaxTabEnt *T, int Size, struct proto *P, int State)
-{
-    int limit = 1 << Size;
-
-    while (P->val) {
-	int width = P->val & 15;
-	int param = P->val >> 4;
-	int incr = 1 << width;
-	int code;
-	for (code = P->code; code < limit; code += incr) {
-	    TIFFFaxTabEnt *E = T+code;
-	    E->State = State;
-	    E->Width = width;
-	    E->Param = param;
-	}
-	P++;
-    }
-}
-
-static	char* storage_class = "";
-static	char* const_class = "";
-static	int packoutput = 1;
-static	char* prebrace = "";
-static	char* postbrace = "";
-
-void
-WriteTable(FILE* fd, const TIFFFaxTabEnt* T, int Size, const char* name)
-{
-    int i;
-    char* sep;
-
-    fprintf(fd, "%s %s TIFFFaxTabEnt %s[%d] = {",
-	storage_class, const_class, name, Size);
-    if (packoutput) {
-	sep = "\n";
-	for (i = 0; i < Size; i++) {
-	    fprintf(fd, "%s%s%d,%d,%d%s",
-		sep, prebrace, T->State, T->Width, (int) T->Param, postbrace);
-	    if (((i+1) % 12) == 0)
-		    sep = ",\n";
-	    else
-		    sep = ",";
-	    T++;
-	}
-    } else {
-	sep = "\n ";
-	for (i = 0; i < Size; i++) {
-	    fprintf(fd, "%s%s%3d,%3d,%4d%s",
-		sep, prebrace, T->State, T->Width, (int) T->Param, postbrace);
-	    if (((i+1) % 6) == 0)
-		    sep = ",\n ";
-	    else
-		    sep = ",";
-	    T++;
-	}
-    }
-    fprintf(fd, "\n};\n");
-}
-
-/* initialise the huffman code tables */
-int
-main(int argc, char* argv[])
-{
-    FILE* fd;
-    char* outputfile;
-    int c;
-    extern int optind;
-    extern char* optarg;
-
-    while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "c:s:bp")) != -1)
-	switch (c) {
-	case 'c':
-	    const_class = optarg;
-	    break;
-	case 's':
-	    storage_class = optarg;
-	    break;
-	case 'p':
-	    packoutput = 0;
-	    break;
-	case 'b':
-	    prebrace = "{";
-	    postbrace = "}";
-	    break;
-	case '?':
-	    fprintf(stderr,
-		"usage: %s [-c const] [-s storage] [-p] [-b] file\n",
-		argv[0]);
-	    return (-1);
-	}
-    outputfile = optind < argc ? argv[optind] : "g3states.h";
-    fd = fopen(outputfile, "w");
-    if (fd == NULL) {
-	fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s: Cannot create output file.\n",
-	    argv[0], outputfile);
-	return (-2);
-    }
-    FillTable(MainTable, 7, Pass, S_Pass);
-    FillTable(MainTable, 7, Horiz, S_Horiz);
-    FillTable(MainTable, 7, V0, S_V0);
-    FillTable(MainTable, 7, VR, S_VR);
-    FillTable(MainTable, 7, VL, S_VL);
-    FillTable(MainTable, 7, Ext, S_Ext);
-    FillTable(MainTable, 7, EOLV, S_EOL);
-    FillTable(WhiteTable, 12, MakeUpW, S_MakeUpW);
-    FillTable(WhiteTable, 12, MakeUp, S_MakeUp);
-    FillTable(WhiteTable, 12, TermW, S_TermW);
-    FillTable(WhiteTable, 12, EOLH, S_EOL);
-    FillTable(BlackTable, 13, MakeUpB, S_MakeUpB);
-    FillTable(BlackTable, 13, MakeUp, S_MakeUp);
-    FillTable(BlackTable, 13, TermB, S_TermB);
-    FillTable(BlackTable, 13, EOLH, S_EOL);
-
-    fprintf(fd, "/* WARNING, this file was automatically generated by the\n");
-    fprintf(fd, "    mkg3states program */\n");
-    fprintf(fd, "#include \"tiff.h\"\n");
-    fprintf(fd, "#include \"tif_fax3.h\"\n");
-    WriteTable(fd, MainTable, 128, "TIFFFaxMainTable");
-    WriteTable(fd, WhiteTable, 4096, "TIFFFaxWhiteTable");
-    WriteTable(fd, BlackTable, 8192, "TIFFFaxBlackTable");
-    fclose(fd);
-    return (0);
-}

src/tiff/mkspans.c

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/* $Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include "tiffcomp.h"
-
-/*
- * Hack program to construct tables used to find
- * runs of zeros and ones in Group 3 Fax encoding.
- */
-
-dumparray(name, runs)
-	char *name;
-	unsigned char runs[256];
-{
-	register int i;
-	register char *sep;
-	printf("static u_char %s[256] = {\n", name);
-	sep = "    ";
-	for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
-		printf("%s%d", sep, runs[i]);
-		if (((i + 1) % 16) == 0) {
-			printf(",	/* 0x%02x - 0x%02x */\n", i-15, i);
-			sep = "    ";
-		} else
-			sep = ", ";
-	}
-	printf("\n};\n");
-}
-
-main()
-{
-	unsigned char runs[2][256];
-
-	memset(runs[0], 0, 256*sizeof (char));
-	memset(runs[1], 0, 256*sizeof (char));
-	{ register int run, runlen, i;
-	  runlen = 1;
-	  for (run = 0x80; run != 0xff; run = (run>>1)|0x80) {
-		for (i = run-1; i >= 0; i--) {
-			runs[1][run|i] = runlen;
-			runs[0][(~(run|i)) & 0xff] = runlen;
-		}
-		runlen++;
-	  }
-	  runs[1][0xff] = runs[0][0] = 8;
-	}
-	dumparray("bruns", runs[0]);
-	dumparray("wruns", runs[1]);
-}

src/tiff/mkversion.c

@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-/* "$Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Generate a library version string for systems that
- * do not have a shell (by default this is done with
- * awk and echo from the Makefile).
- *
- * This was written by Peter Greenham for Acorn systems.
- *
- * Syntax: mkversion [-v version-file] [<outfile>]
- */
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-static void
-usage(void)
-{
-    fprintf(stderr,
-            "usage: mkversion [-v version-file]\n"
-            "                 [-r releasedate-file] [outfile]\n");
-    exit(-1);
-}
-
-static FILE*
-openFile(char* filename)
-{
-    FILE* fd = fopen(filename, "r");
-    if (fd == NULL) {
-	fprintf(stderr, "mkversion: %s: Could not open for reading.\n",
-	    filename);
-	exit(-1);
-    }
-    return (fd);
-}
-
-int
-main(int argc, char* argv[])
-{
-    char* versionFile = "../VERSION";
-    char* releaseDateFile = "../RELEASE-DATE";
-    char version[128];
-    char rawReleaseDate[128];
-    char tiffLibVersion[128];
-    FILE* fd;
-    char* cp;
-
-    argc--, argv++;
-    while (argc > 0 && argv[0][0] == '-') {
-	if (strcmp(argv[0], "-v") == 0) {
-	    if (argc < 1)
-		usage();
-	    argc--, argv++;
-	    versionFile = argv[0];
-	} else if (strcmp(argv[0], "-r") == 0) {
-	    if (argc < 1)
-		usage();
-	    argc--, argv++;
-	    releaseDateFile = argv[0];
-	} else
-	    usage();
-	argc--, argv++;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Read the VERSION file.
-     */
-    fd = openFile(versionFile);
-    if (fgets(version, sizeof (version)-1, fd) == NULL) {
-	fprintf(stderr, "mkversion: No version information in %s.\n",
-	    versionFile);
-	exit(-1);
-    }
-    cp = strchr(version, '\n');
-    if (cp)
-	*cp = '\0';
-    fclose(fd);
-
-    /*
-     * Read the RELEASE-DATE, and translate format to emit TIFFLIB_VERSION.
-     */
-    fd = openFile(releaseDateFile);
-    if (fgets(rawReleaseDate, sizeof (rawReleaseDate)-1, fd) == NULL) {
-	fprintf(stderr, "mkversion: No release date information in %s.\n",
-                releaseDateFile);
-	exit(-1);
-    }
-    fclose(fd);
-
-    sprintf( tiffLibVersion, "#define TIFFLIB_VERSION %4.4s%2.2s%2.2s",
-             rawReleaseDate+6, 
-             rawReleaseDate+0,
-             rawReleaseDate+3 );
-    
-    /*
-     * Emit the tiffvers.h file.
-     */
-    if (argc > 0) {
-	fd = fopen(argv[0], "w");
-	if (fd == NULL) {
-	    fprintf(stderr, "mkversion: %s: Could not open for writing.\n",
-		argv[0]);
-	    exit(-1);
-	}
-    } else
-	fd = stdout;
-    fprintf(fd, "#define TIFFLIB_VERSION_STR \"LIBTIFF, Version %s\\n", version);
-    fprintf(fd, "Copyright (c) 1988-1996 Sam Leffler\\n");
-    fprintf(fd, "Copyright (c) 1991-1996 Silicon Graphics, Inc.\"\n");
-
-    fprintf( fd, 
-             "/*\n"
-             " * This define can be used in code that requires\n"
-             " * compilation-related definitions specific to a\n"
-             " * version or versions of the library.  Runtime\n"
-             " * version checking should be done based on the\n"
-             " * string returned by TIFFGetVersion.\n" 
-             " */\n" );
-    fprintf(fd, "%s\n", tiffLibVersion );
-
-    if (fd != stdout)
-	fclose(fd);
-    return (0);
-}

src/tiff/port.h

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Warning, this file was automatically created by the TIFF configure script
- *   Actually, it has been modified to use wxWidgets' values.
- * VERSION:	 v3.5.2
- * DATE:	 Son Nov 28 15:15:07 GMT 1999
- * TARGET:	 
- * CCOMPILER:	 
- */
-#ifndef _PORT_
-#define _PORT_ 1
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/setup.h"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#define HOST_FILLORDER FILLORDER_LSB2MSB
-
-/* wxWidgets defines WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
-#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-#define HOST_BIGENDIAN	1
-#else
-#define HOST_BIGENDIAN	0
-#endif
-
-/* wxWidgets defines its own reading and writing routines */
-/* #define HAVE_MMAP 1 */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-
-typedef double dblparam_t;
-
-#ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
-#define	INLINE	__inline__
-#else
-#define	INLINE	inline
-#endif
-
-#define GLOBALDATA(TYPE,NAME)	extern TYPE NAME
-
-/* wxWidgets defines wxUSE_LIBJPEG */
-#if wxUSE_LIBJPEG
-#define JPEG_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/* wxWidgets defines wxUSE_ZLIB */
-#if wxUSE_ZLIB
-#define ZIP_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif

src/tiff/t4.h

@@ -1,285 +0,0 @@
-/* $Id$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef _T4_
-#define	_T4_
-/*
- * CCITT T.4 1D Huffman runlength codes and
- * related definitions.  Given the small sizes
- * of these tables it does not seem
- * worthwhile to make code & length 8 bits.
- */
-typedef struct tableentry {
-    unsigned short length;	/* bit length of g3 code */
-    unsigned short code;	/* g3 code */
-    short	runlen;		/* run length in bits */
-} tableentry;
-
-#define	EOL	0x001	/* EOL code value - 0000 0000 0000 1 */
-
-/* status values returned instead of a run length */
-#define	G3CODE_EOL	-1	/* NB: ACT_EOL - ACT_WRUNT */
-#define	G3CODE_INVALID	-2	/* NB: ACT_INVALID - ACT_WRUNT */
-#define	G3CODE_EOF	-3	/* end of input data */
-#define	G3CODE_INCOMP	-4	/* incomplete run code */
-
-/*
- * Note that these tables are ordered such that the
- * index into the table is known to be either the
- * run length, or (run length / 64) + a fixed offset.
- *
- * NB: The G3CODE_INVALID entries are only used
- *     during state generation (see mkg3states.c).
- */
-#ifdef G3CODES
-const tableentry TIFFFaxWhiteCodes[] = {
-    { 8, 0x35, 0 },	/* 0011 0101 */
-    { 6, 0x7, 1 },	/* 0001 11 */
-    { 4, 0x7, 2 },	/* 0111 */
-    { 4, 0x8, 3 },	/* 1000 */
-    { 4, 0xB, 4 },	/* 1011 */
-    { 4, 0xC, 5 },	/* 1100 */
-    { 4, 0xE, 6 },	/* 1110 */
-    { 4, 0xF, 7 },	/* 1111 */
-    { 5, 0x13, 8 },	/* 1001 1 */
-    { 5, 0x14, 9 },	/* 1010 0 */
-    { 5, 0x7, 10 },	/* 0011 1 */
-    { 5, 0x8, 11 },	/* 0100 0 */
-    { 6, 0x8, 12 },	/* 0010 00 */
-    { 6, 0x3, 13 },	/* 0000 11 */
-    { 6, 0x34, 14 },	/* 1101 00 */
-    { 6, 0x35, 15 },	/* 1101 01 */
-    { 6, 0x2A, 16 },	/* 1010 10 */
-    { 6, 0x2B, 17 },	/* 1010 11 */
-    { 7, 0x27, 18 },	/* 0100 111 */
-    { 7, 0xC, 19 },	/* 0001 100 */
-    { 7, 0x8, 20 },	/* 0001 000 */
-    { 7, 0x17, 21 },	/* 0010 111 */
-    { 7, 0x3, 22 },	/* 0000 011 */
-    { 7, 0x4, 23 },	/* 0000 100 */
-    { 7, 0x28, 24 },	/* 0101 000 */
-    { 7, 0x2B, 25 },	/* 0101 011 */
-    { 7, 0x13, 26 },	/* 0010 011 */
-    { 7, 0x24, 27 },	/* 0100 100 */
-    { 7, 0x18, 28 },	/* 0011 000 */
-    { 8, 0x2, 29 },	/* 0000 0010 */
-    { 8, 0x3, 30 },	/* 0000 0011 */
-    { 8, 0x1A, 31 },	/* 0001 1010 */
-    { 8, 0x1B, 32 },	/* 0001 1011 */
-    { 8, 0x12, 33 },	/* 0001 0010 */
-    { 8, 0x13, 34 },	/* 0001 0011 */
-    { 8, 0x14, 35 },	/* 0001 0100 */
-    { 8, 0x15, 36 },	/* 0001 0101 */
-    { 8, 0x16, 37 },	/* 0001 0110 */
-    { 8, 0x17, 38 },	/* 0001 0111 */
-    { 8, 0x28, 39 },	/* 0010 1000 */
-    { 8, 0x29, 40 },	/* 0010 1001 */
-    { 8, 0x2A, 41 },	/* 0010 1010 */
-    { 8, 0x2B, 42 },	/* 0010 1011 */
-    { 8, 0x2C, 43 },	/* 0010 1100 */
-    { 8, 0x2D, 44 },	/* 0010 1101 */
-    { 8, 0x4, 45 },	/* 0000 0100 */
-    { 8, 0x5, 46 },	/* 0000 0101 */
-    { 8, 0xA, 47 },	/* 0000 1010 */
-    { 8, 0xB, 48 },	/* 0000 1011 */
-    { 8, 0x52, 49 },	/* 0101 0010 */
-    { 8, 0x53, 50 },	/* 0101 0011 */
-    { 8, 0x54, 51 },	/* 0101 0100 */
-    { 8, 0x55, 52 },	/* 0101 0101 */
-    { 8, 0x24, 53 },	/* 0010 0100 */
-    { 8, 0x25, 54 },	/* 0010 0101 */
-    { 8, 0x58, 55 },	/* 0101 1000 */
-    { 8, 0x59, 56 },	/* 0101 1001 */
-    { 8, 0x5A, 57 },	/* 0101 1010 */
-    { 8, 0x5B, 58 },	/* 0101 1011 */
-    { 8, 0x4A, 59 },	/* 0100 1010 */
-    { 8, 0x4B, 60 },	/* 0100 1011 */
-    { 8, 0x32, 61 },	/* 0011 0010 */
-    { 8, 0x33, 62 },	/* 0011 0011 */
-    { 8, 0x34, 63 },	/* 0011 0100 */
-    { 5, 0x1B, 64 },	/* 1101 1 */
-    { 5, 0x12, 128 },	/* 1001 0 */
-    { 6, 0x17, 192 },	/* 0101 11 */
-    { 7, 0x37, 256 },	/* 0110 111 */
-    { 8, 0x36, 320 },	/* 0011 0110 */
-    { 8, 0x37, 384 },	/* 0011 0111 */
-    { 8, 0x64, 448 },	/* 0110 0100 */
-    { 8, 0x65, 512 },	/* 0110 0101 */
-    { 8, 0x68, 576 },	/* 0110 1000 */
-    { 8, 0x67, 640 },	/* 0110 0111 */
-    { 9, 0xCC, 704 },	/* 0110 0110 0 */
-    { 9, 0xCD, 768 },	/* 0110 0110 1 */
-    { 9, 0xD2, 832 },	/* 0110 1001 0 */
-    { 9, 0xD3, 896 },	/* 0110 1001 1 */
-    { 9, 0xD4, 960 },	/* 0110 1010 0 */
-    { 9, 0xD5, 1024 },	/* 0110 1010 1 */
-    { 9, 0xD6, 1088 },	/* 0110 1011 0 */
-    { 9, 0xD7, 1152 },	/* 0110 1011 1 */
-    { 9, 0xD8, 1216 },	/* 0110 1100 0 */
-    { 9, 0xD9, 1280 },	/* 0110 1100 1 */
-    { 9, 0xDA, 1344 },	/* 0110 1101 0 */
-    { 9, 0xDB, 1408 },	/* 0110 1101 1 */
-    { 9, 0x98, 1472 },	/* 0100 1100 0 */
-    { 9, 0x99, 1536 },	/* 0100 1100 1 */
-    { 9, 0x9A, 1600 },	/* 0100 1101 0 */
-    { 6, 0x18, 1664 },	/* 0110 00 */
-    { 9, 0x9B, 1728 },	/* 0100 1101 1 */
-    { 11, 0x8, 1792 },	/* 0000 0001 000 */
-    { 11, 0xC, 1856 },	/* 0000 0001 100 */
-    { 11, 0xD, 1920 },	/* 0000 0001 101 */
-    { 12, 0x12, 1984 },	/* 0000 0001 0010 */
-    { 12, 0x13, 2048 },	/* 0000 0001 0011 */
-    { 12, 0x14, 2112 },	/* 0000 0001 0100 */
-    { 12, 0x15, 2176 },	/* 0000 0001 0101 */
-    { 12, 0x16, 2240 },	/* 0000 0001 0110 */
-    { 12, 0x17, 2304 },	/* 0000 0001 0111 */
-    { 12, 0x1C, 2368 },	/* 0000 0001 1100 */
-    { 12, 0x1D, 2432 },	/* 0000 0001 1101 */
-    { 12, 0x1E, 2496 },	/* 0000 0001 1110 */
-    { 12, 0x1F, 2560 },	/* 0000 0001 1111 */
-    { 12, 0x1, G3CODE_EOL },	/* 0000 0000 0001 */
-    { 9, 0x1, G3CODE_INVALID },	/* 0000 0000 1 */
-    { 10, 0x1, G3CODE_INVALID },	/* 0000 0000 01 */
-    { 11, 0x1, G3CODE_INVALID },	/* 0000 0000 001 */
-    { 12, 0x0, G3CODE_INVALID },	/* 0000 0000 0000 */
-};
-
-const tableentry TIFFFaxBlackCodes[] = {
-    { 10, 0x37, 0 },	/* 0000 1101 11 */
-    { 3, 0x2, 1 },	/* 010 */
-    { 2, 0x3, 2 },	/* 11 */
-    { 2, 0x2, 3 },	/* 10 */
-    { 3, 0x3, 4 },	/* 011 */
-    { 4, 0x3, 5 },	/* 0011 */
-    { 4, 0x2, 6 },	/* 0010 */
-    { 5, 0x3, 7 },	/* 0001 1 */
-    { 6, 0x5, 8 },	/* 0001 01 */
-    { 6, 0x4, 9 },	/* 0001 00 */
-    { 7, 0x4, 10 },	/* 0000 100 */
-    { 7, 0x5, 11 },	/* 0000 101 */
-    { 7, 0x7, 12 },	/* 0000 111 */
-    { 8, 0x4, 13 },	/* 0000 0100 */
-    { 8, 0x7, 14 },	/* 0000 0111 */
-    { 9, 0x18, 15 },	/* 0000 1100 0 */
-    { 10, 0x17, 16 },	/* 0000 0101 11 */
-    { 10, 0x18, 17 },	/* 0000 0110 00 */
-    { 10, 0x8, 18 },	/* 0000 0010 00 */
-    { 11, 0x67, 19 },	/* 0000 1100 111 */
-    { 11, 0x68, 20 },	/* 0000 1101 000 */
-    { 11, 0x6C, 21 },	/* 0000 1101 100 */
-    { 11, 0x37, 22 },	/* 0000 0110 111 */
-    { 11, 0x28, 23 },	/* 0000 0101 000 */
-    { 11, 0x17, 24 },	/* 0000 0010 111 */
-    { 11, 0x18, 25 },	/* 0000 0011 000 */
-    { 12, 0xCA, 26 },	/* 0000 1100 1010 */
-    { 12, 0xCB, 27 },	/* 0000 1100 1011 */
-    { 12, 0xCC, 28 },	/* 0000 1100 1100 */
-    { 12, 0xCD, 29 },	/* 0000 1100 1101 */
-    { 12, 0x68, 30 },	/* 0000 0110 1000 */
-    { 12, 0x69, 31 },	/* 0000 0110 1001 */
-    { 12, 0x6A, 32 },	/* 0000 0110 1010 */
-    { 12, 0x6B, 33 },	/* 0000 0110 1011 */
-    { 12, 0xD2, 34 },	/* 0000 1101 0010 */
-    { 12, 0xD3, 35 },	/* 0000 1101 0011 */
-    { 12, 0xD4, 36 },	/* 0000 1101 0100 */
-    { 12, 0xD5, 37 },	/* 0000 1101 0101 */
-    { 12, 0xD6, 38 },	/* 0000 1101 0110 */
-    { 12, 0xD7, 39 },	/* 0000 1101 0111 */
-    { 12, 0x6C, 40 },	/* 0000 0110 1100 */
-    { 12, 0x6D, 41 },	/* 0000 0110 1101 */
-    { 12, 0xDA, 42 },	/* 0000 1101 1010 */
-    { 12, 0xDB, 43 },	/* 0000 1101 1011 */
-    { 12, 0x54, 44 },	/* 0000 0101 0100 */
-    { 12, 0x55, 45 },	/* 0000 0101 0101 */
-    { 12, 0x56, 46 },	/* 0000 0101 0110 */
-    { 12, 0x57, 47 },	/* 0000 0101 0111 */
-    { 12, 0x64, 48 },	/* 0000 0110 0100 */
-    { 12, 0x65, 49 },	/* 0000 0110 0101 */
-    { 12, 0x52, 50 },	/* 0000 0101 0010 */
-    { 12, 0x53, 51 },	/* 0000 0101 0011 */
-    { 12, 0x24, 52 },	/* 0000 0010 0100 */
-    { 12, 0x37, 53 },	/* 0000 0011 0111 */
-    { 12, 0x38, 54 },	/* 0000 0011 1000 */
-    { 12, 0x27, 55 },	/* 0000 0010 0111 */
-    { 12, 0x28, 56 },	/* 0000 0010 1000 */
-    { 12, 0x58, 57 },	/* 0000 0101 1000 */
-    { 12, 0x59, 58 },	/* 0000 0101 1001 */
-    { 12, 0x2B, 59 },	/* 0000 0010 1011 */
-    { 12, 0x2C, 60 },	/* 0000 0010 1100 */
-    { 12, 0x5A, 61 },	/* 0000 0101 1010 */
-    { 12, 0x66, 62 },	/* 0000 0110 0110 */
-    { 12, 0x67, 63 },	/* 0000 0110 0111 */
-    { 10, 0xF, 64 },	/* 0000 0011 11 */
-    { 12, 0xC8, 128 },	/* 0000 1100 1000 */
-    { 12, 0xC9, 192 },	/* 0000 1100 1001 */
-    { 12, 0x5B, 256 },	/* 0000 0101 1011 */
-    { 12, 0x33, 320 },	/* 0000 0011 0011 */
-    { 12, 0x34, 384 },	/* 0000 0011 0100 */
-    { 12, 0x35, 448 },	/* 0000 0011 0101 */
-    { 13, 0x6C, 512 },	/* 0000 0011 0110 0 */
-    { 13, 0x6D, 576 },	/* 0000 0011 0110 1 */
-    { 13, 0x4A, 640 },	/* 0000 0010 0101 0 */
-    { 13, 0x4B, 704 },	/* 0000 0010 0101 1 */
-    { 13, 0x4C, 768 },	/* 0000 0010 0110 0 */
-    { 13, 0x4D, 832 },	/* 0000 0010 0110 1 */
-    { 13, 0x72, 896 },	/* 0000 0011 1001 0 */
-    { 13, 0x73, 960 },	/* 0000 0011 1001 1 */
-    { 13, 0x74, 1024 },	/* 0000 0011 1010 0 */
-    { 13, 0x75, 1088 },	/* 0000 0011 1010 1 */
-    { 13, 0x76, 1152 },	/* 0000 0011 1011 0 */
-    { 13, 0x77, 1216 },	/* 0000 0011 1011 1 */
-    { 13, 0x52, 1280 },	/* 0000 0010 1001 0 */
-    { 13, 0x53, 1344 },	/* 0000 0010 1001 1 */
-    { 13, 0x54, 1408 },	/* 0000 0010 1010 0 */
-    { 13, 0x55, 1472 },	/* 0000 0010 1010 1 */
-    { 13, 0x5A, 1536 },	/* 0000 0010 1101 0 */
-    { 13, 0x5B, 1600 },	/* 0000 0010 1101 1 */
-    { 13, 0x64, 1664 },	/* 0000 0011 0010 0 */
-    { 13, 0x65, 1728 },	/* 0000 0011 0010 1 */
-    { 11, 0x8, 1792 },	/* 0000 0001 000 */
-    { 11, 0xC, 1856 },	/* 0000 0001 100 */
-    { 11, 0xD, 1920 },	/* 0000 0001 101 */
-    { 12, 0x12, 1984 },	/* 0000 0001 0010 */
-    { 12, 0x13, 2048 },	/* 0000 0001 0011 */
-    { 12, 0x14, 2112 },	/* 0000 0001 0100 */
-    { 12, 0x15, 2176 },	/* 0000 0001 0101 */
-    { 12, 0x16, 2240 },	/* 0000 0001 0110 */
-    { 12, 0x17, 2304 },	/* 0000 0001 0111 */
-    { 12, 0x1C, 2368 },	/* 0000 0001 1100 */
-    { 12, 0x1D, 2432 },	/* 0000 0001 1101 */
-    { 12, 0x1E, 2496 },	/* 0000 0001 1110 */
-    { 12, 0x1F, 2560 },	/* 0000 0001 1111 */
-    { 12, 0x1, G3CODE_EOL },	/* 0000 0000 0001 */
-    { 9, 0x1, G3CODE_INVALID },	/* 0000 0000 1 */
-    { 10, 0x1, G3CODE_INVALID },	/* 0000 0000 01 */
-    { 11, 0x1, G3CODE_INVALID },	/* 0000 0000 001 */
-    { 12, 0x0, G3CODE_INVALID },	/* 0000 0000 0000 */
-};
-#else
-extern	const tableentry TIFFFaxWhiteCodes[];
-extern	const tableentry TIFFFaxBlackCodes[];
-#endif
-#endif /* _T4_ */

src/tiff/tif_acorn.c

@@ -1,519 +0,0 @@
-/* $Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
- *
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * TIFF Library RISC OS specific Routines.
- * Developed out of the Unix version.
- * Peter Greenham, May 1995
- */
-#include "tiffiop.h"
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/*
-Low-level file handling
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-The functions in osfcn.h are unavailable when compiling under C, as it's a
-C++ header. Therefore they have been implemented here.
-
-Now, why have I done it this way?
-
-The definitive API library for RISC OS is Jonathan Coxhead's OSLib, which
-uses heavily optimised ARM assembler or even plain inline SWI calls for
-maximum performance and minimum runtime size. However, I don't want to make
-LIBTIFF need that to survive. Therefore I have also emulated the functions
-using macros to _swi() and _swix() defined in the swis.h header, and
-borrowing types from kernel.h, which is less efficient but doesn't need any
-third-party libraries.
- */
-
-#ifdef INCLUDE_OSLIB
-
-#include "osfile.h"
-#include "osgbpb.h"
-#include "osargs.h"
-#include "osfind.h"
-
-#else
-
-/* OSLIB EMULATION STARTS */
-
-#include "kernel.h"
-#include "swis.h"
-
-/* From oslib:types.h */
-typedef unsigned int                            bits;
-typedef unsigned char                           byte;
-#ifndef TRUE
-#define TRUE                                    1
-#endif
-#ifndef FALSE
-#define FALSE                                   0
-#endif
-#ifndef NULL
-#define NULL                                    0
-#endif
-#ifndef SKIP
-#define SKIP                                    0
-#endif
-
-/* From oslib:os.h */
-typedef _kernel_oserror os_error;
-typedef byte os_f;
-
-/* From oslib:osfile.h */
-#undef  OS_File
-#define OS_File                                 0x8
-
-/* From oslib:osgbpb.h */
-#undef  OS_GBPB
-#define OS_GBPB                                 0xC
-#undef  OSGBPB_Write
-#define OSGBPB_Write                            0x2
-#undef  OSGBPB_Read
-#define OSGBPB_Read                             0x4
-
-extern os_error *xosgbpb_write (os_f file,
-      byte *data,
-      int size,
-      int *unwritten);
-extern int osgbpb_write (os_f file,
-      byte *data,
-      int size);
-
-#define	xosgbpb_write(file, data, size, unwritten) \
-	(os_error*) _swix(OS_GBPB, _IN(0)|_IN(1)|_IN(2)|_IN(3)|_IN(4)|_OUT(3), \
-		OSGBPB_WriteAt, \
-		file, \
-		data, \
-		size, \
-		unwritten)
-
-#define	osgbpb_write(file, data, size) \
-	_swi(OS_GBPB, _IN(0)|_IN(1)|_IN(2)|_IN(3)|_RETURN(3), \
-		OSGBPB_Write, \
-		file, \
-		data, \
-		size)
-
-extern os_error *xosgbpb_read (os_f file,
-      byte *buffer,
-      int size,
-      int *unread);
-extern int osgbpb_read (os_f file,
-      byte *buffer,
-      int size);
-
-#define	xosgbpb_read(file, buffer, size, unread) \
-	(os_error*) _swix(OS_GBPB, _IN(0)|_IN(1)|_IN(2)|_IN(3)|_OUT(3), \
-		OSGBPB_Read, \
-		file, \
-		buffer, \
-		size, \
-		unread)
-
-#define	osgbpb_read(file, buffer, size) \
-	_swi(OS_GBPB, _IN(0)|_IN(1)|_IN(2)|_IN(3)|_RETURN(3), \
-		OSGBPB_Read, \
-		file, \
-		buffer, \
-		size)
-
-/* From oslib:osfind.h */
-#undef  OS_Find
-#define OS_Find                                 0xD
-#undef  OSFind_Openin
-#define OSFind_Openin                           0x40
-#undef  OSFind_Openout
-#define OSFind_Openout                          0x80
-#undef  OSFind_Openup
-#define OSFind_Openup                           0xC0
-#undef  OSFind_Close
-#define OSFind_Close                            0x0
-
-#define	xosfind_open(reason, file_name, path, file) \
-	(os_error*) _swix(OS_Find, _IN(0)|_IN(1)|_IN(2)|_OUT(0), \
-		reason, file_name, path, file)
-
-#define	osfind_open(reason, file_name, path) \
-	(os_f) _swi(OS_Find, _IN(0)|_IN(1)|_IN(2)|_RETURN(0), \
-		reason, file_name, path)
-
-extern os_error *xosfind_openin (bits flags,
-      char *file_name,
-      char *path,
-      os_f *file);
-extern os_f osfind_openin (bits flags,
-      char *file_name,
-      char *path);
-
-#define	xosfind_openin(flags, file_name, path, file) \
-	xosfind_open(flags | OSFind_Openin, file_name, path, file)
-
-#define	osfind_openin(flags, file_name, path) \
-	osfind_open(flags | OSFind_Openin, file_name, path)
-
-extern os_error *xosfind_openout (bits flags,
-      char *file_name,
-      char *path,
-      os_f *file);
-extern os_f osfind_openout (bits flags,
-      char *file_name,
-      char *path);
-
-#define	xosfind_openout(flags, file_name, path, file) \
-	xosfind_open(flags | OSFind_Openout, file_name, path, file)
-
-#define	osfind_openout(flags, file_name, path) \
-	osfind_open(flags | OSFind_Openout, file_name, path)
-
-extern os_error *xosfind_openup (bits flags,
-      char *file_name,
-      char *path,
-      os_f *file);
-extern os_f osfind_openup (bits flags,
-      char *file_name,
-      char *path);
-
-#define	xosfind_openup(flags, file_name, path, file) \
-	xosfind_open(flags | OSFind_Openup, file_name, path, file)
-
-#define	osfind_openup(flags, file_name, path) \
-	osfind_open(flags | OSFind_Openup, file_name, path)
-
-extern os_error *xosfind_close (os_f file);
-extern void osfind_close (os_f file);
-
-#define	xosfind_close(file) \
-	(os_error*) _swix(OS_Find, _IN(0)|_IN(1), \
-		OSFind_Close, \
-		file)
-
-#define	osfind_close(file) \
-	(void) _swi(OS_Find, _IN(0)|_IN(1), \
-		OSFind_Close, \
-		file)
-
-/* From oslib:osargs.h */
-#undef  OS_Args
-#define OS_Args                                 0x9
-#undef  OSArgs_ReadPtr
-#define OSArgs_ReadPtr                          0x0
-#undef  OSArgs_SetPtr
-#define OSArgs_SetPtr                           0x1
-#undef  OSArgs_ReadExt
-#define OSArgs_ReadExt                          0x2
-
-extern os_error *xosargs_read_ptr (os_f file,
-      int *ptr);
-extern int osargs_read_ptr (os_f file);
-
-#define	xosargs_read_ptr(file, ptr) \
-	(os_error*) _swix(OS_Args, _IN(0)|_IN(1)|_OUT(2), \
-		OSArgs_ReadPtr, \
-		file, \
-		ptr)
-
-#define	osargs_read_ptr(file) \
-	_swi(OS_Args, _IN(0)|_IN(1)|_RETURN(2), \
-		OSArgs_ReadPtr, \
-		file)
-
-extern os_error *xosargs_set_ptr (os_f file,
-      int ptr);
-extern void osargs_set_ptr (os_f file,
-      int ptr);
-
-#define	xosargs_set_ptr(file, ptr) \
-	(os_error*) _swix(OS_Args, _IN(0)|_IN(1)|_IN(2), \
-		OSArgs_SetPtr, \
-		file, \
-		ptr)
-
-#define	osargs_set_ptr(file, ptr) \
-	(void) _swi(OS_Args, _IN(0)|_IN(1)|_IN(2), \
-		OSArgs_SetPtr, \
-		file, \
-		ptr)
-
-extern os_error *xosargs_read_ext (os_f file,
-      int *ext);
-extern int osargs_read_ext (os_f file);
-
-#define	xosargs_read_ext(file, ext) \
-	(os_error*) _swix(OS_Args, _IN(0)|_IN(1)|_OUT(2), \
-		OSArgs_ReadExt, \
-		file, \
-		ext)
-
-#define	osargs_read_ext(file) \
-	_swi(OS_Args, _IN(0)|_IN(1)|_RETURN(2), \
-		OSArgs_ReadExt, \
-		file)
-
-/* OSLIB EMULATION ENDS */
-
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __osfcn_h
-/* Will be set or not during tiffcomp.h */
-/* You get this to compile under C++? Please say how! */
-
-extern int open(const char* name, int flags, int mode)
-{
-	/* From what I can tell, should return <0 for failure */
-	os_error* e = (os_error*) 1; /* Cheeky way to use a pointer eh? :-) */
-	os_f file = (os_f) -1;
-
-	flags = flags;
-
-	switch(mode)
-	{
-		case O_RDONLY:
-		{
-			e = xosfind_openin(SKIP, name, SKIP, &file);
-			break;
-		}
-		case O_WRONLY:
-		case O_RDWR|O_CREAT:
-		case O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC:
-		{
-			e = xosfind_openout(SKIP, name, SKIP, &file);
-			break;
-		}
-		case O_RDWR:
-		{
-			e = xosfind_openup(SKIP, name, SKIP, &file);
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	if (e)
-	{
-		file = (os_f) -1;
-	}
-	return (file);
-}
-
-extern int close(int fd)
-{
-	return ((int) xosfind_close((os_f) fd));
-}
-
-extern int write(int fd, const char *buf, int nbytes)
-{
-	/* Returns number of bytes written */
-	return (nbytes - osgbpb_write((os_f) fd, (const byte*) buf, nbytes));
-}
-
-extern int read(int fd, char *buf, int nbytes)
-{
-	/* Returns number of bytes read */
-	return (nbytes - osgbpb_read((os_f) fd, (byte*) buf, nbytes));
-}
-
-extern off_t lseek(int fd, off_t offset, int whence)
-{
-	int absolute = 0;
-
-	switch (whence)
-	{
-		case SEEK_SET:
-		{
-			absolute = (int) offset;
-			break;
-		}
-		case SEEK_CUR:
-		{
-			absolute = osargs_read_ptr((os_f) fd) + (int) offset;
-			break;
-		}
-		case SEEK_END:
-		{
-			absolute = osargs_read_ext((os_f) fd) + (int) offset;
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	osargs_set_ptr((os_f) fd, absolute);
-
-	return ((off_t) osargs_read_ptr((os_f) fd));
-}
-#endif
-
-static tsize_t
-_tiffReadProc(thandle_t fd, tdata_t buf, tsize_t size)
-{
-	return ((tsize_t) read((int) fd, buf, (size_t) size));
-}
-
-static tsize_t
-_tiffWriteProc(thandle_t fd, tdata_t buf, tsize_t size)
-{
-	return ((tsize_t) write((int) fd, buf, (size_t) size));
-}
-
-static toff_t
-_tiffSeekProc(thandle_t fd, toff_t off, int whence)
-{
-	return ((toff_t) lseek((int) fd, (off_t) off, whence));
-}
-
-static int
-_tiffCloseProc(thandle_t fd)
-{
-	return (close((int) fd));
-}
-
-static toff_t
-_tiffSizeProc(thandle_t fd)
-{
-	return (lseek((int) fd, SEEK_END, SEEK_SET));
-}
-
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
-#error "I didn't know Acorn had that!"
-#endif
-
-/* !HAVE_MMAP */
-static int
-_tiffMapProc(thandle_t fd, tdata_t* pbase, toff_t* psize)
-{
-	(void) fd; (void) pbase; (void) psize;
-	return (0);
-}
-
-static void
-_tiffUnmapProc(thandle_t fd, tdata_t base, toff_t size)
-{
-	(void) fd; (void) base; (void) size;
-}
-
-/*
- * Open a TIFF file descriptor for read/writing.
- */
-TIFF*
-TIFFFdOpen(int fd, const char* name, const char* mode)
-{
-	TIFF* tif;
-
-	tif = TIFFClientOpen(name, mode,
-		(thandle_t) fd,
-		_tiffReadProc, _tiffWriteProc,
-		_tiffSeekProc, _tiffCloseProc, _tiffSizeProc,
-		_tiffMapProc, _tiffUnmapProc);
-	if (tif)
-	{
-		tif->tif_fd = fd;
-	}
-	return (tif);
-}
-
-/*
- * Open a TIFF file for read/writing.
- */
-TIFF*
-TIFFOpen(const char* name, const char* mode)
-{
-	static const char module[] = "TIFFOpen";
-	int m, fd;
-
-	m = _TIFFgetMode(mode, module);
-
-	if (m == -1)
-	{
-		return ((TIFF*) 0);
-	}
-
-	fd = open(name, 0, m);
-
-	if (fd < 0)
-	{
-		TIFFError(module, "%s: Cannot open", name);
-		return ((TIFF *)0);
-	}
-	return (TIFFFdOpen(fd, name, mode));
-}
-
-void*
-_TIFFmalloc(tsize_t s)
-{
-	return (malloc((size_t) s));
-}
-
-void
-_TIFFfree(tdata_t p)
-{
-	free(p);
-}
-
-void*
-_TIFFrealloc(tdata_t p, tsize_t s)
-{
-	return (realloc(p, (size_t) s));
-}
-
-void
-_TIFFmemset(tdata_t p, int v, tsize_t c)
-{
-	memset(p, v, (size_t) c);
-}
-
-void
-_TIFFmemcpy(tdata_t d, const tdata_t s, tsize_t c)
-{
-	memcpy(d, s, (size_t) c);
-}
-
-int
-_TIFFmemcmp(const tdata_t p1, const tdata_t p2, tsize_t c)
-{
-	return (memcmp(p1, p2, (size_t) c));
-}
-
-static void
-acornWarningHandler(const char* module, const char* fmt, va_list ap)
-{
-	if (module != NULL)
-	{
-		fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", module);
-	}
-	fprintf(stderr, "Warning, ");
-	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
-	fprintf(stderr, ".\n");
-}
-TIFFErrorHandler _TIFFwarningHandler = acornWarningHandler;
-
-static void
-acornErrorHandler(const char* module, const char* fmt, va_list ap)
-{
-	if (module != NULL)
-	{
-		fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", module);
-	}
-	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
-	fprintf(stderr, ".\n");
-}
-TIFFErrorHandler _TIFFerrorHandler = acornErrorHandler;

src/tiff/tif_apple.c

@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/* $Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * TIFF Library Macintosh-specific routines.
- *
- * These routines use only Toolbox and high-level File Manager traps.
- * They make no calls to the THINK C "unix" compatibility library.  Also,
- * malloc is not used directly but it is still referenced internally by
- * the ANSI library in rare cases.  Heap fragmentation by the malloc ring
- * buffer is therefore minimized.
- *
- * O_RDONLY and O_RDWR are treated identically here.  The tif_mode flag is
- * checked in TIFFWriteCheck().
- *
- * Create below fills in a blank creator signature and sets the file type
- * to 'TIFF'.  It is much better for the application to do this by Create'ing
- * the file first and TIFFOpen'ing it later.
- * ---------
- * This code has been "Carbonized", and may not work with older MacOS versions.
- * If so, grab the tif_apple.c out of an older libtiff distribution, like
- * 3.5.5 from www.libtiff.org.
- */
-
-#include "tiffiop.h"
-#include <Errors.h>
-#include <Files.h>
-#include <Memory.h>
-#include <Script.h>
-
-#if defined(__PPCC__) || defined(__SC__) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(applec)
-#define	CtoPstr	c2pstr
-#endif
-
-static tsize_t
-_tiffReadProc(thandle_t fd, tdata_t buf, tsize_t size)
-{
-	return (FSRead((short) fd, (long*) &size, (char*) buf) == noErr ?
-	    size : (tsize_t) -1);
-}
-
-static tsize_t
-_tiffWriteProc(thandle_t fd, tdata_t buf, tsize_t size)
-{
-	return (FSWrite((short) fd, (long*) &size, (char*) buf) == noErr ?
-	    size : (tsize_t) -1);
-}
-
-static toff_t
-_tiffSeekProc(thandle_t fd, toff_t off, int whence)
-{
-	long fpos, size;
-
-	if (GetEOF((short) fd, &size) != noErr)
-		return EOF;
-	(void) GetFPos((short) fd, &fpos);
-
-	switch (whence) {
-	case SEEK_CUR:
-		if (off + fpos > size)
-			SetEOF((short) fd, off + fpos);
-		if (SetFPos((short) fd, fsFromMark, off) != noErr)
-			return EOF;
-		break;
-	case SEEK_END:
-		if (off > 0)
-			SetEOF((short) fd, off + size);
-		if (SetFPos((short) fd, fsFromStart, off + size) != noErr)
-			return EOF;
-		break;
-	case SEEK_SET:
-		if (off > size)
-			SetEOF((short) fd, off);
-		if (SetFPos((short) fd, fsFromStart, off) != noErr)
-			return EOF;
-		break;
-	}
-
-	return (toff_t)(GetFPos((short) fd, &fpos) == noErr ? fpos : EOF);
-}
-
-static int
-_tiffMapProc(thandle_t fd, tdata_t* pbase, toff_t* psize)
-{
-	return (0);
-}
-
-static void
-_tiffUnmapProc(thandle_t fd, tdata_t base, toff_t size)
-{
-}
-
-static int
-_tiffCloseProc(thandle_t fd)
-{
-	return (FSClose((short) fd));
-}
-
-static toff_t
-_tiffSizeProc(thandle_t fd)
-{
-	long size;
-
-	if (GetEOF((short) fd, &size) != noErr) {
-		TIFFError("_tiffSizeProc", "%s: Cannot get file size");
-		return (-1L);
-	}
-	return ((toff_t) size);
-}
-
-/*
- * Open a TIFF file descriptor for read/writing.
- */
-TIFF*
-TIFFFdOpen(int fd, const char* name, const char* mode)
-{
-	TIFF* tif;
-
-	tif = TIFFClientOpen(name, mode, (thandle_t) fd,
-	    _tiffReadProc, _tiffWriteProc, _tiffSeekProc, _tiffCloseProc,
-	    _tiffSizeProc, _tiffMapProc, _tiffUnmapProc);
-	if (tif)
-		tif->tif_fd = fd;
-	return (tif);
-}
-
-static void ourc2pstr( char* inString )
-{
-	int	sLen = strlen( inString );
-	BlockMoveData( inString, &inString[1], sLen );
-	inString[0] = sLen;
-}
-
-/*
- * Open a TIFF file for read/writing.
- */
-TIFF*
-TIFFOpen(const char* name, const char* mode)
-{
-	static const char module[] = "TIFFOpen";
-	Str255 pname;
-	FInfo finfo;
-	short fref;
-	OSErr err;
-	FSSpec	fSpec;
-
-	strcpy((char*) pname, name);
-	ourc2pstr((char*) pname);
-	
-	err = FSMakeFSSpec( 0, 0, pname, &fSpec );
-
-	switch (_TIFFgetMode(mode, module)) {
-	default:
-		return ((TIFF*) 0);
-	case O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC:
-		if (FSpGetFInfo(&fSpec, &finfo) == noErr)
-			FSpDelete(&fSpec);
-		/* fall through */
-	case O_RDWR | O_CREAT:
-		if ((err = FSpGetFInfo(&fSpec, &finfo)) == fnfErr) {
-			if (FSpCreate(&fSpec, '    ', 'TIFF', smSystemScript) != noErr)
-				goto badCreate;
-			if (FSpOpenDF(&fSpec, fsRdWrPerm, &fref) != noErr)
-				goto badOpen;
-		} else if (err == noErr) {
-			if (FSpOpenDF(&fSpec, fsRdWrPerm, &fref) != noErr)
-				goto badOpen;
-		} else
-			goto badOpen;
-		break;
-	case O_RDONLY:
-		if (FSpOpenDF(&fSpec, fsRdPerm, &fref) != noErr)
-			goto badOpen;
-		break;
-	case O_RDWR:
-		if (FSpOpenDF(&fSpec, fsRdWrPerm, &fref) != noErr)
-			goto badOpen;
-		break;
-	}
-	return (TIFFFdOpen((int) fref, name, mode));
-badCreate:
-	TIFFError(module, "%s: Cannot create", name);
-	return ((TIFF*) 0);
-badOpen:
-	TIFFError(module, "%s: Cannot open", name);
-	return ((TIFF*) 0);
-}
-
-void
-_TIFFmemset(tdata_t p, int v, tsize_t c)
-{
-	memset(p, v, (size_t) c);
-}
-
-void
-_TIFFmemcpy(tdata_t d, const tdata_t s, tsize_t c)
-{
-	memcpy(d, s, (size_t) c);
-}
-
-int
-_TIFFmemcmp(const tdata_t p1, const tdata_t p2, tsize_t c)
-{
-	return (memcmp(p1, p2, (size_t) c));
-}
-
-tdata_t
-_TIFFmalloc(tsize_t s)
-{
-	return (NewPtr((size_t) s));
-}
-
-void
-_TIFFfree(tdata_t p)
-{
-	DisposePtr(p);
-}
-
-tdata_t
-_TIFFrealloc(tdata_t p, tsize_t s)
-{
-	Ptr n = p;
-
-	SetPtrSize(p, (size_t) s);
-	if (MemError() && (n = NewPtr((size_t) s)) != NULL) {
-		BlockMove(p, n, GetPtrSize(p));
-		DisposePtr(p);
-	}
-	return ((tdata_t) n);
-}
-
-static void
-appleWarningHandler(const char* module, const char* fmt, va_list ap)
-{
-	if (module != NULL)
-		fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", module);
-	fprintf(stderr, "Warning, ");
-	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
-	fprintf(stderr, ".\n");
-}
-TIFFErrorHandler _TIFFwarningHandler = appleWarningHandler;
-
-static void
-appleErrorHandler(const char* module, const char* fmt, va_list ap)
-{
-	if (module != NULL)
-		fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", module);
-	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
-	fprintf(stderr, ".\n");
-}
-TIFFErrorHandler _TIFFerrorHandler = appleErrorHandler;

src/tiff/tif_atari.c

@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
-/* "$Header$" */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * TIFF Library ATARI-specific Routines.
- */
-#include "tiffiop.h"
-#if defined(__TURBOC__)
-#include <tos.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#else
-#include <osbind.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_ACCMODE
-#define O_ACCMODE 3
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#define AEFILNF   -33
-
-static tsize_t
-_tiffReadProc(thandle_t fd, tdata_t buf, tsize_t size)
-{
-	long r;
-
-	r = Fread((int) fd, size, buf);
-	if (r < 0) {
-		errno = (int)-r;
-		r = -1;
-	}
-	return r;
-}
-
-static tsize_t
-_tiffWriteProc(thandle_t fd, tdata_t buf, tsize_t size)
-{
-	long r;
-
-	r = Fwrite((int) fd, size, buf);
-	if (r < 0) {
-		errno = (int)-r;
-		r = -1;
-	}
-	return r;
-}
-
-static toff_t
-_tiffSeekProc(thandle_t fd, off_t off, int whence)
-{
-	char buf[256];
-	long current_off, expected_off, new_off;
-
-	if (whence == SEEK_END || off <= 0)
-		return Fseek(off, (int) fd, whence);
-	current_off = Fseek(0, (int) fd, SEEK_CUR); /* find out where we are */
-	if (whence == SEEK_SET)
-		expected_off = off;
-	else
-		expected_off = off + current_off;
-	new_off = Fseek(off, (int) fd, whence);
-	if (new_off == expected_off)
-		return new_off;
-	/* otherwise extend file -- zero filling the hole */
-	if (new_off < 0)            /* error? */
-		new_off = Fseek(0, (int) fd, SEEK_END); /* go to eof */
-	_TIFFmemset(buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
-	while (expected_off > new_off) {
-		off = expected_off - new_off;
-		if (off > sizeof(buf))
-			off = sizeof(buf);
-		if ((current_off = Fwrite((int) fd, off, buf)) != off)
-			return (current_off > 0) ?
-			    new_off + current_off : new_off;
-		new_off += off;
-	}
-	return new_off;
-}
-
-static int
-_tiffCloseProc(thandle_t fd)
-{
-	long r;
-
-	r = Fclose((int) fd);
-	if (r < 0) {
-		errno = (int)-r;
-		r = -1;
-	}
-	return (int)r;
-}
-
-static toff_t
-_tiffSizeProc(thandle_t fd)
-{
-	long pos, eof;
-
-	pos = Fseek(0, (int) fd, SEEK_CUR);
-	eof = Fseek(0, (int) fd, SEEK_END);
-	Fseek(pos, (int) fd, SEEK_SET);
-	return eof;
-}
-
-static int
-_tiffMapProc(thandle_t fd, tdata_t* pbase, toff_t* psize)
-{
-	return (0);
-}
-
-static void
-_tiffUnmapProc(thandle_t fd, tdata_t base, toff_t size)
-{
-}
-
-/*
-* Open a TIFF file descriptor for read/writing.
-*/
-TIFF*
-TIFFFdOpen(int fd, const char* name, const char* mode)
-{
-	TIFF* tif;
-
-	tif = TIFFClientOpen(name, mode,
-		(thandle_t) fd,
-		_tiffReadProc, _tiffWriteProc, _tiffSeekProc, _tiffCloseProc,
-		_tiffSizeProc, _tiffMapProc, _tiffUnmapProc);
-	if (tif)
-		tif->tif_fd = fd;
-	return (tif);
-}
-
-/*
-* Open a TIFF file for read/writing.
-*/
-TIFF*
-TIFFOpen(const char* name, const char* mode)
-{
-	static const char module[] = "TIFFOpen";
-	int m;
-	long fd;
-
-	m = _TIFFgetMode(mode, module);
-	if (m == -1)
-		return ((TIFF*)0);
-	if (m & O_TRUNC) {
-		fd = Fcreate(name, 0);
-	} else {
-		fd = Fopen(name, m & O_ACCMODE);
-		if (fd == AEFILNF && m & O_CREAT)
-			fd = Fcreate(name, 0);
-	}
-	if (fd < 0)
-		errno = (int)fd;
-	if (fd < 0) {
-		TIFFError(module, "%s: Cannot open", name);
-		return ((TIFF*)0);
-	}
-	return (TIFFFdOpen(fd, name, mode));
-}
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-tdata_t
-_TIFFmalloc(tsize_t s)
-{
-	return (malloc((size_t) s));
-}
-
-void
-_TIFFfree(tdata_t p)
-{
-	free(p);
-}
-
-tdata_t
-_TIFFrealloc(tdata_t p, tsize_t s)
-{
-	return (realloc(p, (size_t) s));
-}
-
-void
-_TIFFmemset(tdata_t p, int v, size_t c)
-{
-	memset(p, v, (size_t) c);
-}
-
-void
-_TIFFmemcpy(tdata_t d, const tdata_t s, size_t c)
-{
-	memcpy(d, s, (size_t) c);
-}
-
-int
-_TIFFmemcmp(const tdata_t p1, const tdata_t p2, tsize_t c)
-{
-	return (memcmp(p1, p2, (size_t) c));
-}
-
-static void
-atariWarningHandler(const char* module, const char* fmt, va_list ap)
-{
-	if (module != NULL)
-		fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", module);
-	fprintf(stderr, "Warning, ");
-	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
-	fprintf(stderr, ".\n");
-}
-TIFFErrorHandler _TIFFwarningHandler = atariWarningHandler;
-
-static void
-atariErrorHandler(const char* module, const char* fmt, va_list ap)
-{
-	if (module != NULL)
-		fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", module);
-	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
-	fprintf(stderr, ".\n");
-}
-TIFFErrorHandler _TIFFerrorHandler = atariErrorHandler;

src/tiff/tif_aux.c

@@ -1,248 +0,0 @@
-/* $Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * TIFF Library.
- *
- * Auxiliary Support Routines.
- */
-#include "tiffiop.h"
-#include "tif_predict.h"
-#include <math.h>
-
-static int
-TIFFDefaultTransferFunction(TIFFDirectory* td)
-{
-	uint16 **tf = td->td_transferfunction;
-	tsize_t i, n, nbytes;
-
-	tf[0] = tf[1] = tf[2] = 0;
-	if (td->td_bitspersample >= sizeof(tsize_t) * 8 - 2)
-		return 0;
-
-	n = 1<<td->td_bitspersample;
-	nbytes = n * sizeof (uint16);
-	if (!(tf[0] = (uint16 *)_TIFFmalloc(nbytes)))
-		return 0;
-	tf[0][0] = 0;
-	for (i = 1; i < n; i++) {
-		double t = (double)i/((double) n-1.);
-		tf[0][i] = (uint16)floor(65535.*pow(t, 2.2) + .5);
-	}
-
-	if (td->td_samplesperpixel - td->td_extrasamples > 1) {
-		if (!(tf[1] = (uint16 *)_TIFFmalloc(nbytes)))
-			goto bad;
-		_TIFFmemcpy(tf[1], tf[0], nbytes);
-		if (!(tf[2] = (uint16 *)_TIFFmalloc(nbytes)))
-			goto bad;
-		_TIFFmemcpy(tf[2], tf[0], nbytes);
-	}
-	return 1;
-
-bad:
-	if (tf[0])
-		_TIFFfree(tf[0]);
-	if (tf[1])
-		_TIFFfree(tf[1]);
-	if (tf[2])
-		_TIFFfree(tf[2]);
-	tf[0] = tf[1] = tf[2] = 0;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-TIFFDefaultRefBlackWhite(TIFFDirectory* td)
-{
-	int i;
-
-	if (!(td->td_refblackwhite = (float *)_TIFFmalloc(6*sizeof (float))))
-		return 0;
-	for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
-	    td->td_refblackwhite[2*i+0] = 0;
-	    td->td_refblackwhite[2*i+1] = (float)((1L<<td->td_bitspersample)-1L);
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- * Like TIFFGetField, but return any default
- * value if the tag is not present in the directory.
- *
- * NB:	We use the value in the directory, rather than
- *	explcit values so that defaults exist only one
- *	place in the library -- in TIFFDefaultDirectory.
- */
-int
-TIFFVGetFieldDefaulted(TIFF* tif, ttag_t tag, va_list ap)
-{
-	TIFFDirectory *td = &tif->tif_dir;
-
-	if (TIFFVGetField(tif, tag, ap))
-		return (1);
-	switch (tag) {
-	case TIFFTAG_SUBFILETYPE:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint32 *) = td->td_subfiletype;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_BITSPERSAMPLE:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_bitspersample;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_THRESHHOLDING:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_threshholding;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_FILLORDER:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_fillorder;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_ORIENTATION:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_orientation;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_SAMPLESPERPIXEL:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_samplesperpixel;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_ROWSPERSTRIP:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint32 *) = td->td_rowsperstrip;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_MINSAMPLEVALUE:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_minsamplevalue;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_MAXSAMPLEVALUE:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_maxsamplevalue;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_PLANARCONFIG:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_planarconfig;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_RESOLUTIONUNIT:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_resolutionunit;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_PREDICTOR:
-                {
-			TIFFPredictorState* sp = (TIFFPredictorState*) tif->tif_data;
-			*va_arg(ap, uint16*) = (uint16) sp->predictor;
-			return (1);
-                }
-	case TIFFTAG_DOTRANGE:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = 0;
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = (1<<td->td_bitspersample)-1;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_INKSET:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_inkset;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_NUMBEROFINKS:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_ninks;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_EXTRASAMPLES:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_extrasamples;
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 **) = td->td_sampleinfo;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_MATTEING:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) =
-		    (td->td_extrasamples == 1 &&
-		     td->td_sampleinfo[0] == EXTRASAMPLE_ASSOCALPHA);
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_TILEDEPTH:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint32 *) = td->td_tiledepth;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_DATATYPE:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_sampleformat-1;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_SAMPLEFORMAT:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_sampleformat;
-                return(1);
-	case TIFFTAG_IMAGEDEPTH:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint32 *) = td->td_imagedepth;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_YCBCRCOEFFICIENTS:
-		if (!td->td_ycbcrcoeffs) {
-			td->td_ycbcrcoeffs = (float *)
-			    _TIFFmalloc(3*sizeof (float));
-			if (!td->td_ycbcrcoeffs)
-				return (0);
-			/* defaults are from CCIR Recommendation 601-1 */
-			td->td_ycbcrcoeffs[0] = 0.299f;
-			td->td_ycbcrcoeffs[1] = 0.587f;
-			td->td_ycbcrcoeffs[2] = 0.114f;
-		}
-		*va_arg(ap, float **) = td->td_ycbcrcoeffs;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_YCBCRSUBSAMPLING:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_ycbcrsubsampling[0];
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_ycbcrsubsampling[1];
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_YCBCRPOSITIONING:
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 *) = td->td_ycbcrpositioning;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_WHITEPOINT:
-		if (!td->td_whitepoint) {
-			td->td_whitepoint = (float *)
-				_TIFFmalloc(2 * sizeof (float));
-			if (!td->td_whitepoint)
-				return (0);
-			/* TIFF 6.0 specification says that it is no default
-			   value for the WhitePoint, but AdobePhotoshop TIFF
-			   Technical Note tells that it should be CIE D50. */
-			td->td_whitepoint[0] =
-				D50_X0 / (D50_X0 + D50_Y0 + D50_Z0);
-			td->td_whitepoint[1] =
-				D50_Y0 / (D50_X0 + D50_Y0 + D50_Z0);
-		}
-		*va_arg(ap, float **) = td->td_whitepoint;
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_TRANSFERFUNCTION:
-		if (!td->td_transferfunction[0] &&
-		    !TIFFDefaultTransferFunction(td)) {
-			TIFFError(tif->tif_name, "No space for \"TransferFunction\" tag");
-			return (0);
-		}
-		*va_arg(ap, uint16 **) = td->td_transferfunction[0];
-		if (td->td_samplesperpixel - td->td_extrasamples > 1) {
-			*va_arg(ap, uint16 **) = td->td_transferfunction[1];
-			*va_arg(ap, uint16 **) = td->td_transferfunction[2];
-		}
-		return (1);
-	case TIFFTAG_REFERENCEBLACKWHITE:
-		if (!td->td_refblackwhite && !TIFFDefaultRefBlackWhite(td))
-			return (0);
-		*va_arg(ap, float **) = td->td_refblackwhite;
-		return (1);
-	}
-	return (0);
-}
-
-/*
- * Like TIFFGetField, but return any default
- * value if the tag is not present in the directory.
- */
-int
-TIFFGetFieldDefaulted(TIFF* tif, ttag_t tag, ...)
-{
-	int ok;
-	va_list ap;
-
-	va_start(ap, tag);
-	ok =  TIFFVGetFieldDefaulted(tif, tag, ap);
-	va_end(ap);
-	return (ok);
-}

src/tiff/tif_close.c

@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/* $Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * TIFF Library.
- */
-#include "tiffiop.h"
-
-void
-TIFFClose(TIFF* tif)
-{
-    if (tif->tif_mode != O_RDONLY)
-        /*
-         * Flush buffered data and directory (if dirty).
-         */
-        TIFFFlush(tif);
-    (*tif->tif_cleanup)(tif);
-    TIFFFreeDirectory(tif);
-
-    if (tif->tif_dirlist)
-        _TIFFfree(tif->tif_dirlist);
-        
-    /* Clean up client info links */
-    while( tif->tif_clientinfo )
-    {
-        TIFFClientInfoLink *link = tif->tif_clientinfo;
-
-        tif->tif_clientinfo = link->next;
-        _TIFFfree( link->name );
-        _TIFFfree( link );
-    }
-
-    if (tif->tif_rawdata && (tif->tif_flags&TIFF_MYBUFFER))
-        _TIFFfree(tif->tif_rawdata);
-    if (isMapped(tif))
-        TIFFUnmapFileContents(tif, tif->tif_base, tif->tif_size);
-    (void) TIFFCloseFile(tif);
-    if (tif->tif_nfields > 0) 
-    {
-        int  i;
-
-        for (i = 0; i < tif->tif_nfields; i++) 
-	{
-	    TIFFFieldInfo *fld = tif->tif_fieldinfo[i];
- 	    if (fld->field_bit == FIELD_CUSTOM && 
-		strncmp("Tag ", fld->field_name, 4) == 0) 
-	    {
-                _TIFFfree(fld->field_name);
-                _TIFFfree(fld);
-	    }
-        }   
-      
-        _TIFFfree(tif->tif_fieldinfo);
-    }
-
-    _TIFFfree(tif);
-}

src/tiff/tif_codec.c

@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-/* $Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * TIFF Library
- *
- * Builtin Compression Scheme Configuration Support.
- */
-#include "tiffiop.h"
-
-static	int NotConfigured(TIFF*, int);
-
-#ifndef	LZW_SUPPORT
-#define	TIFFInitLZW		NotConfigured
-#endif
-#ifndef	PACKBITS_SUPPORT
-#define	TIFFInitPackbits	NotConfigured
-#endif
-#ifndef	THUNDER_SUPPORT
-#define	TIFFInitThunderScan	NotConfigured
-#endif
-#ifndef	NEXT_SUPPORT
-#define	TIFFInitNeXT		NotConfigured
-#endif
-#ifndef	JPEG_SUPPORT
-#define	TIFFInitJPEG		NotConfigured
-#endif
-#ifndef	OJPEG_SUPPORT
-#define	TIFFInitOJPEG		NotConfigured
-#endif
-#ifndef	CCITT_SUPPORT
-#define	TIFFInitCCITTRLE	NotConfigured
-#define	TIFFInitCCITTRLEW	NotConfigured
-#define	TIFFInitCCITTFax3	NotConfigured
-#define	TIFFInitCCITTFax4	NotConfigured
-#endif
-#ifndef JBIG_SUPPORT
-#define	TIFFInitJBIG		NotConfigured
-#endif
-#ifndef	ZIP_SUPPORT
-#define	TIFFInitZIP		NotConfigured
-#endif
-#ifndef	PIXARLOG_SUPPORT
-#define	TIFFInitPixarLog	NotConfigured
-#endif
-#ifndef LOGLUV_SUPPORT
-#define TIFFInitSGILog		NotConfigured
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Compression schemes statically built into the library.
- */
-#ifdef VMS
-const TIFFCodec _TIFFBuiltinCODECS[] = {
-#else
-TIFFCodec _TIFFBuiltinCODECS[] = {
-#endif
-    { "None",		COMPRESSION_NONE,	TIFFInitDumpMode },
-    { "LZW",		COMPRESSION_LZW,	TIFFInitLZW },
-    { "PackBits",	COMPRESSION_PACKBITS,	TIFFInitPackBits },
-    { "ThunderScan",	COMPRESSION_THUNDERSCAN,TIFFInitThunderScan },
-    { "NeXT",		COMPRESSION_NEXT,	TIFFInitNeXT },
-    { "JPEG",		COMPRESSION_JPEG,	TIFFInitJPEG },
-    { "Old-style JPEG",	COMPRESSION_OJPEG,	TIFFInitOJPEG },
-    { "CCITT RLE",	COMPRESSION_CCITTRLE,	TIFFInitCCITTRLE },
-    { "CCITT RLE/W",	COMPRESSION_CCITTRLEW,	TIFFInitCCITTRLEW },
-    { "CCITT Group 3",	COMPRESSION_CCITTFAX3,	TIFFInitCCITTFax3 },
-    { "CCITT Group 4",	COMPRESSION_CCITTFAX4,	TIFFInitCCITTFax4 },
-    { "ISO JBIG",	COMPRESSION_JBIG,	TIFFInitJBIG },
-    { "Deflate",	COMPRESSION_DEFLATE,	TIFFInitZIP },
-    { "AdobeDeflate",   COMPRESSION_ADOBE_DEFLATE , TIFFInitZIP }, 
-    { "PixarLog",	COMPRESSION_PIXARLOG,	TIFFInitPixarLog },
-    { "SGILog",		COMPRESSION_SGILOG,	TIFFInitSGILog },
-    { "SGILog24",	COMPRESSION_SGILOG24,	TIFFInitSGILog },
-    { NULL }
-};
-
-static int
-_notConfigured(TIFF* tif)
-{
-	const TIFFCodec* c = TIFFFindCODEC(tif->tif_dir.td_compression);
-
-	TIFFError(tif->tif_name,
-	    "%s compression support is not configured", c->name);
-	return (0);
-}
-
-static int
-NotConfigured(TIFF* tif, int scheme)
-{
-    (void) scheme;
-    
-    tif->tif_decodestatus = FALSE;
-    tif->tif_setupdecode = _notConfigured;
-    tif->tif_encodestatus = FALSE;
-    tif->tif_setupencode = _notConfigured;
-    return (1);
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-/*                       TIFFIsCODECConfigured()                        */
-/************************************************************************/
-
-/**
- * Check whether we have working codec for the specific coding scheme.
- * 
- * @return returns 1 if the codec is configured and working. Otherwise
- * 0 will be returned.
- */
-
-int
-TIFFIsCODECConfigured(uint16 scheme)
-{
-	const TIFFCodec* codec = TIFFFindCODEC(scheme);
-
-	if(codec == NULL) {
-            return 0;
-        }
-        if(codec->init == NULL) {
-            return 0;
-        }
-	if(codec->init != NotConfigured){
-            return 1;
-        }
-	return 0;
-}
-

src/tiff/tif_color.c

@@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
-/* $Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * CIE L*a*b* to CIE XYZ and CIE XYZ to RGB conversion routines are taken
- * from the VIPS library (http://www.vips.ecs.soton.ac.uk) with
- * the permission of John Cupitt, the VIPS author.
- */
-
-/*
- * TIFF Library.
- *
- * Color space conversion routines.
- */
-
-#include "tiffiop.h"
-#include <math.h>
-
-/*
- * Convert color value from the CIE L*a*b* 1976 space to CIE XYZ.
- */
-void
-TIFFCIELabToXYZ(TIFFCIELabToRGB *cielab, uint32 l, int32 a, int32 b,
-		float *X, float *Y, float *Z)
-{
-	float L = (float)l * 100.0F / 255.0F;
-	float cby, tmp;
-
-	if( L < 8.856F ) {
-		*Y = (L * cielab->Y0) / 903.292F;
-		cby = 7.787F * (*Y / cielab->Y0) + 16.0F / 116.0F;
-	} else {
-		cby = (L + 16.0F) / 116.0F;
-		*Y = cielab->Y0 * cby * cby * cby;
-	}
-
-	tmp = (float)a / 500.0F + cby;
-	if( tmp < 0.2069F )
-		*X = cielab->X0 * (tmp - 0.13793F) / 7.787F;
-	else    
-		*X = cielab->X0 * tmp * tmp * tmp;
-
-	tmp = cby - (float)b / 200.0F;
-	if( tmp < 0.2069F )
-		*Z = cielab->Z0 * (tmp - 0.13793F) / 7.787F;
-	else    
-		*Z = cielab->Z0 * tmp * tmp * tmp;
-}
-
-#define RINT(R) ((uint32)((R)>0?((R)+0.5):((R)-0.5)))
-/*
- * Convert color value from the XYZ space to RGB.
- */
-void
-TIFFXYZToRGB(TIFFCIELabToRGB *cielab, float X, float Y, float Z,
-	     uint32 *r, uint32 *g, uint32 *b)
-{
-	int i;
-	float Yr, Yg, Yb;
-	float *matrix = &cielab->display.d_mat[0][0];
-
-	/* Multiply through the matrix to get luminosity values. */
-	Yr =  matrix[0] * X + matrix[1] * Y + matrix[2] * Z;
-	Yg =  matrix[3] * X + matrix[4] * Y + matrix[5] * Z;
-	Yb =  matrix[6] * X + matrix[7] * Y + matrix[8] * Z;
-
-	/* Clip input */
-	Yr = TIFFmax( Yr, cielab->display.d_Y0R );
-	Yg = TIFFmax( Yg, cielab->display.d_Y0G );
-	Yb = TIFFmax( Yb, cielab->display.d_Y0B );
-
-	/* Turn luminosity to colour value. */
-	i = TIFFmin(cielab->range,
-		    (int)((Yr - cielab->display.d_Y0R) / cielab->rstep));
-	*r = RINT(cielab->Yr2r[i]);
-
-	i = TIFFmin(cielab->range,
-		    (int)((Yg - cielab->display.d_Y0G) / cielab->gstep));
-	*g = RINT(cielab->Yg2g[i]);
-
-	i = TIFFmin(cielab->range,
-		    (int)((Yb - cielab->display.d_Y0B) / cielab->bstep));
-	*b = RINT(cielab->Yb2b[i]);
-
-	/* Clip output. */
-	*r = TIFFmin( *r, cielab->display.d_Vrwr );
-	*g = TIFFmin( *g, cielab->display.d_Vrwg );
-	*b = TIFFmin( *b, cielab->display.d_Vrwb );
-}
-#undef RINT
-
-/* 
- * Allocate conversion state structures and make look_up tables for
- * the Yr,Yb,Yg <=> r,g,b conversions.
- */
-int
-TIFFCIELabToRGBInit(TIFFCIELabToRGB* cielab,
-		    TIFFDisplay *display, float *refWhite)
-{
-	int i;
-	float gamma;
-
-	cielab->range = CIELABTORGB_TABLE_RANGE;
-
-	_TIFFmemcpy(&cielab->display, display, sizeof(TIFFDisplay));
-
-	/* Red */
-	gamma = 1.0F / cielab->display.d_gammaR ;
-	cielab->rstep =
-		(cielab->display.d_YCR - cielab->display.d_Y0R)	/ cielab->range;
-	for(i = 0; i <= cielab->range; i++) {
-		cielab->Yr2r[i] = cielab->display.d_Vrwr
-		    * ((float)pow((double)i / cielab->range, gamma));
-	}
-
-	/* Green */
-	gamma = 1.0F / cielab->display.d_gammaG ;
-	cielab->gstep =
-	    (cielab->display.d_YCR - cielab->display.d_Y0R) / cielab->range;
-	for(i = 0; i <= cielab->range; i++) {
-		cielab->Yg2g[i] = cielab->display.d_Vrwg
-		    * ((float)pow((double)i / cielab->range, gamma));
-	}
-
-	/* Blue */
-	gamma = 1.0F / cielab->display.d_gammaB ;
-	cielab->bstep =
-	    (cielab->display.d_YCR - cielab->display.d_Y0R) / cielab->range;
-	for(i = 0; i <= cielab->range; i++) {
-		cielab->Yb2b[i] = cielab->display.d_Vrwb
-		    * ((float)pow((double)i / cielab->range, gamma));
-	}
-
-	/* Init reference white point */
-	cielab->X0 = refWhite[0];
-	cielab->Y0 = refWhite[1];
-	cielab->Z0 = refWhite[2];
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/* 
- * Convert color value from the YCbCr space to CIE XYZ.
- * The colorspace conversion algorithm comes from the IJG v5a code;
- * see below for more information on how it works.
- */
-#define	SHIFT			16
-#define	FIX(x)			((int32)((x) * (1L<<SHIFT) + 0.5))
-#define	ONE_HALF		((int32)(1<<(SHIFT-1)))
-#define	Code2V(c, RB, RW, CR)	((((c)-(int32)(RB))*(float)(CR))/(float)((RW)-(RB)))
-#define	CLAMP(f,min,max)	((f)<(min)?(min):(f)>(max)?(max):(f))
-
-void
-TIFFYCbCrtoRGB(TIFFYCbCrToRGB *ycbcr, uint32 Y, int32 Cb, int32 Cr,
-	       uint32 *r, uint32 *g, uint32 *b)
-{
-	/* XXX: Only 8-bit YCbCr input supported for now */
-	Y = CLAMP(Y, 0, 255), Cb = CLAMP(Cb, 0, 255), Cr = CLAMP(Cr, 0, 255);
-
-	*r = ycbcr->clamptab[ycbcr->Y_tab[Y] + ycbcr->Cr_r_tab[Cr]];
-	*g = ycbcr->clamptab[ycbcr->Y_tab[Y]
-	    + (int)((ycbcr->Cb_g_tab[Cb] + ycbcr->Cr_g_tab[Cr]) >> SHIFT)];
-	*b = ycbcr->clamptab[ycbcr->Y_tab[Y] + ycbcr->Cb_b_tab[Cb]];
-}
-
-/*
- * Initialize the YCbCr->RGB conversion tables.  The conversion
- * is done according to the 6.0 spec:
- *
- *    R = Y + Cr*(2 - 2*LumaRed)
- *    B = Y + Cb*(2 - 2*LumaBlue)
- *    G =   Y
- *        - LumaBlue*Cb*(2-2*LumaBlue)/LumaGreen
- *        - LumaRed*Cr*(2-2*LumaRed)/LumaGreen
- *
- * To avoid floating point arithmetic the fractional constants that
- * come out of the equations are represented as fixed point values
- * in the range 0...2^16.  We also eliminate multiplications by
- * pre-calculating possible values indexed by Cb and Cr (this code
- * assumes conversion is being done for 8-bit samples).
- */
-int
-TIFFYCbCrToRGBInit(TIFFYCbCrToRGB* ycbcr, float *luma, float *refBlackWhite)
-{
-    TIFFRGBValue* clamptab;
-    int i;
-    
-#define LumaRed	    luma[0]
-#define LumaGreen   luma[1]
-#define LumaBlue    luma[2]
-
-    clamptab = (TIFFRGBValue*)(
-	(tidata_t) ycbcr+TIFFroundup(sizeof (TIFFYCbCrToRGB), sizeof (long)));
-    _TIFFmemset(clamptab, 0, 256);		/* v < 0 => 0 */
-    ycbcr->clamptab = (clamptab += 256);
-    for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
-	clamptab[i] = (TIFFRGBValue) i;
-    _TIFFmemset(clamptab+256, 255, 2*256);	/* v > 255 => 255 */
-    ycbcr->Cr_r_tab = (int*) (clamptab + 3*256);
-    ycbcr->Cb_b_tab = ycbcr->Cr_r_tab + 256;
-    ycbcr->Cr_g_tab = (int32*) (ycbcr->Cb_b_tab + 256);
-    ycbcr->Cb_g_tab = ycbcr->Cr_g_tab + 256;
-    ycbcr->Y_tab = ycbcr->Cb_g_tab + 256;
-
-    { float f1 = 2-2*LumaRed;		int32 D1 = FIX(f1);
-      float f2 = LumaRed*f1/LumaGreen;	int32 D2 = -FIX(f2);
-      float f3 = 2-2*LumaBlue;		int32 D3 = FIX(f3);
-      float f4 = LumaBlue*f3/LumaGreen;	int32 D4 = -FIX(f4);
-      int x;
-
-#undef LumaBlue
-#undef LumaGreen
-#undef LumaRed
-      
-      /*
-       * i is the actual input pixel value in the range 0..255
-       * Cb and Cr values are in the range -128..127 (actually
-       * they are in a range defined by the ReferenceBlackWhite
-       * tag) so there is some range shifting to do here when
-       * constructing tables indexed by the raw pixel data.
-       */
-      for (i = 0, x = -128; i < 256; i++, x++) {
-	    int32 Cr = (int32)Code2V(x, refBlackWhite[4] - 128.0F,
-			    refBlackWhite[5] - 128.0F, 127);
-	    int32 Cb = (int32)Code2V(x, refBlackWhite[2] - 128.0F,
-			    refBlackWhite[3] - 128.0F, 127);
-
-	    ycbcr->Cr_r_tab[i] = (int32)((D1*Cr + ONE_HALF)>>SHIFT);
-	    ycbcr->Cb_b_tab[i] = (int32)((D3*Cb + ONE_HALF)>>SHIFT);
-	    ycbcr->Cr_g_tab[i] = D2*Cr;
-	    ycbcr->Cb_g_tab[i] = D4*Cb + ONE_HALF;
-	    ycbcr->Y_tab[i] =
-		    (int32)Code2V(x + 128, refBlackWhite[0], refBlackWhite[1], 255);
-      }
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-}
-#undef	CLAMP
-#undef	Code2V
-#undef	SHIFT
-#undef	ONE_HALF
-#undef	FIX
-
-

src/tiff/tif_compress.c

@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
-/* $Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * TIFF Library
- *
- * Compression Scheme Configuration Support.
- */
-#include "tiffiop.h"
-
-static int
-TIFFNoEncode(TIFF* tif, char* method)
-{
-	const TIFFCodec* c = TIFFFindCODEC(tif->tif_dir.td_compression);
-
-	if (c) { 
-	  if (! strncmp(c->name, "LZW", 3) ){ 
-	    TIFFError(tif->tif_name, 
-		      "%s %s encoding is no longer implemented due to Unisys patent enforcement", 
-		      c->name, method); 
-	  } else { 
-	    TIFFError(tif->tif_name, "%s %s encoding is not implemented",
-		      c->name, method);
-	  }
-	}
-	else { 
-		TIFFError(tif->tif_name,
-			  "Compression scheme %u %s encoding is not implemented",
-		    tif->tif_dir.td_compression, method);
-	}
-	return (-1);
-}
-
-int
-_TIFFNoRowEncode(TIFF* tif, tidata_t pp, tsize_t cc, tsample_t s)
-{
-	(void) pp; (void) cc; (void) s;
-	return (TIFFNoEncode(tif, "scanline"));
-}
-
-int
-_TIFFNoStripEncode(TIFF* tif, tidata_t pp, tsize_t cc, tsample_t s)
-{
-	(void) pp; (void) cc; (void) s;
-	return (TIFFNoEncode(tif, "strip"));
-}
-
-int
-_TIFFNoTileEncode(TIFF* tif, tidata_t pp, tsize_t cc, tsample_t s)
-{
-	(void) pp; (void) cc; (void) s;
-	return (TIFFNoEncode(tif, "tile"));
-}
-
-static int
-TIFFNoDecode(TIFF* tif, char* method)
-{
-	const TIFFCodec* c = TIFFFindCODEC(tif->tif_dir.td_compression);
-
-	if (c)
-		TIFFError(tif->tif_name, "%s %s decoding is not implemented",
-		    c->name, method);
-	else
-		TIFFError(tif->tif_name,
-		    "Compression scheme %u %s decoding is not implemented",
-		    tif->tif_dir.td_compression, method);
-	return (-1);
-}
-
-int
-_TIFFNoRowDecode(TIFF* tif, tidata_t pp, tsize_t cc, tsample_t s)
-{
-	(void) pp; (void) cc; (void) s;
-	return (TIFFNoDecode(tif, "scanline"));
-}
-
-int
-_TIFFNoStripDecode(TIFF* tif, tidata_t pp, tsize_t cc, tsample_t s)
-{
-	(void) pp; (void) cc; (void) s;
-	return (TIFFNoDecode(tif, "strip"));
-}
-
-int
-_TIFFNoTileDecode(TIFF* tif, tidata_t pp, tsize_t cc, tsample_t s)
-{
-	(void) pp; (void) cc; (void) s;
-	return (TIFFNoDecode(tif, "tile"));
-}
-
-int
-_TIFFNoSeek(TIFF* tif, uint32 off)
-{
-	(void) off;
-	TIFFError(tif->tif_name,
-	    "Compression algorithm does not support random access");
-	return (0);
-}
-
-int
-_TIFFNoPreCode(TIFF* tif, tsample_t s)
-{
-	(void) tif; (void) s;
-	return (1);
-}
-
-static int _TIFFtrue(TIFF* tif) { (void) tif; return (1); }
-static void _TIFFvoid(TIFF* tif) { (void) tif; }
-
-void
-_TIFFSetDefaultCompressionState(TIFF* tif)
-{
-	tif->tif_decodestatus = TRUE;
-	tif->tif_setupdecode = _TIFFtrue;
-	tif->tif_predecode = _TIFFNoPreCode;
-	tif->tif_decoderow = _TIFFNoRowDecode;
-	tif->tif_decodestrip = _TIFFNoStripDecode;
-	tif->tif_decodetile = _TIFFNoTileDecode;
-	tif->tif_encodestatus = TRUE;
-	tif->tif_setupencode = _TIFFtrue;
-	tif->tif_preencode = _TIFFNoPreCode;
-	tif->tif_postencode = _TIFFtrue;
-	tif->tif_encoderow = _TIFFNoRowEncode;
-	tif->tif_encodestrip = _TIFFNoStripEncode;
-	tif->tif_encodetile = _TIFFNoTileEncode;
-	tif->tif_close = _TIFFvoid;
-	tif->tif_seek = _TIFFNoSeek;
-	tif->tif_cleanup = _TIFFvoid;
-	tif->tif_defstripsize = _TIFFDefaultStripSize;
-	tif->tif_deftilesize = _TIFFDefaultTileSize;
-	tif->tif_flags &= ~TIFF_NOBITREV;
-}
-
-int
-TIFFSetCompressionScheme(TIFF* tif, int scheme)
-{
-	const TIFFCodec *c = TIFFFindCODEC((uint16) scheme);
-
-	_TIFFSetDefaultCompressionState(tif);
-	/*
-	 * Don't treat an unknown compression scheme as an error.
-	 * This permits applications to open files with data that
-	 * the library does not have builtin support for, but which
-	 * may still be meaningful.
-	 */
-	return (c ? (*c->init)(tif, scheme) : 1);
-}
-
-/*
- * Other compression schemes may be registered.  Registered
- * schemes can also override the builtin versions provided
- * by this library.
- */
-typedef struct _codec {
-	struct _codec*	next;
-	TIFFCodec*	info;
-} codec_t;
-static	codec_t* registeredCODECS = NULL;
-
-const TIFFCodec*
-TIFFFindCODEC(uint16 scheme)
-{
-	const TIFFCodec* c;
-	codec_t* cd;
-
-	for (cd = registeredCODECS; cd; cd = cd->next)
-		if (cd->info->scheme == scheme)
-			return ((const TIFFCodec*) cd->info);
-	for (c = _TIFFBuiltinCODECS; c->name; c++)
-		if (c->scheme == scheme)
-			return (c);
-	return ((const TIFFCodec*) 0);
-}
-
-TIFFCodec*
-TIFFRegisterCODEC(uint16 scheme, const char* name, TIFFInitMethod init)
-{
-	codec_t* cd = (codec_t*)
-	    _TIFFmalloc(sizeof (codec_t) + sizeof (TIFFCodec) + strlen(name)+1);
-
-	if (cd != NULL) {
-		cd->info = (TIFFCodec*) ((tidata_t) cd + sizeof (codec_t));
-		cd->info->name = (char*)
-		    ((tidata_t) cd->info + sizeof (TIFFCodec));
-		strcpy(cd->info->name, name);
-		cd->info->scheme = scheme;
-		cd->info->init = init;
-		cd->next = registeredCODECS;
-		registeredCODECS = cd;
-	} else {
-		TIFFError("TIFFRegisterCODEC",
-		    "No space to register compression scheme %s", name);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	return (cd->info);
-}
-
-void
-TIFFUnRegisterCODEC(TIFFCodec* c)
-{
-	codec_t* cd;
-	codec_t** pcd;
-
-	for (pcd = &registeredCODECS; (cd = *pcd); pcd = &cd->next)
-		if (cd->info == c) {
-			*pcd = cd->next;
-			_TIFFfree(cd);
-			return;
-		}
-	TIFFError("TIFFUnRegisterCODEC",
-	    "Cannot remove compression scheme %s; not registered", c->name);
-}

src/tiff/tif_dir.h

@@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
-/* $Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef _TIFFDIR_
-#define	_TIFFDIR_
-/*
- * ``Library-private'' Directory-related Definitions.
- */
-
-/*
- * Internal format of a TIFF directory entry.
- */
-typedef	struct {
-#define	FIELD_SETLONGS	4
-	/* bit vector of fields that are set */
-	u_long	td_fieldsset[FIELD_SETLONGS];
-
-	uint32	td_imagewidth, td_imagelength, td_imagedepth;
-	uint32	td_tilewidth, td_tilelength, td_tiledepth;
-	uint32	td_subfiletype;
-	uint16	td_bitspersample;
-	uint16	td_sampleformat;
-	uint16	td_compression;
-	uint16	td_photometric;
-	uint16	td_threshholding;
-	uint16	td_fillorder;
-	uint16	td_orientation;
-	uint16	td_samplesperpixel;
-	uint32	td_rowsperstrip;
-	uint16	td_minsamplevalue, td_maxsamplevalue;
-	double	td_sminsamplevalue, td_smaxsamplevalue;
-	float	td_xresolution, td_yresolution;
-	uint16	td_resolutionunit;
-	uint16	td_planarconfig;
-	float	td_xposition, td_yposition;
-	uint16	td_pagenumber[2];
-	uint16*	td_colormap[3];
-	uint16	td_halftonehints[2];
-	uint16	td_extrasamples;
-	uint16*	td_sampleinfo;
-	double	td_stonits;
-	char*	td_documentname;
-	char*	td_artist;
-	char*	td_datetime;
-	char*	td_hostcomputer;
-	char*	td_imagedescription;
-	char*	td_make;
-	char*	td_model;
-        char*   td_copyright;
-	char*	td_pagename;
-	tstrip_t td_stripsperimage;
-	tstrip_t td_nstrips;		/* size of offset & bytecount arrays */
-	uint32*	td_stripoffset;
-	uint32*	td_stripbytecount;
-#if SUBIFD_SUPPORT
-	uint16	td_nsubifd;
-	uint32*	td_subifd;
-#endif
-#ifdef YCBCR_SUPPORT
-	float*	td_ycbcrcoeffs;
-	uint16	td_ycbcrsubsampling[2];
-	uint16	td_ycbcrpositioning;
-#endif
-#ifdef COLORIMETRY_SUPPORT
-	float*	td_whitepoint;
-	float*	td_primarychromas;
-	float*	td_refblackwhite;
-	uint16*	td_transferfunction[3];
-#endif
-#ifdef CMYK_SUPPORT
-	uint16	td_inkset;
-	uint16	td_ninks;
-	uint16	td_dotrange[2];
-	int	td_inknameslen;
-	char*	td_inknames;
-	char*	td_targetprinter;
-#endif
-#ifdef ICC_SUPPORT
-	uint32	td_profileLength;
-	void	*td_profileData;
-#endif
-#ifdef PHOTOSHOP_SUPPORT
-	uint32	td_photoshopLength;
-	void	*td_photoshopData;
-#endif
-#ifdef IPTC_SUPPORT
-	uint32	td_richtiffiptcLength;
-	void	*td_richtiffiptcData;
-#endif
-        /* Begin Pixar Tag values. */
-        uint32	td_imagefullwidth, td_imagefulllength;
- 	char*	td_textureformat;
- 	char*	td_wrapmodes;
- 	float	td_fovcot;
- 	float*	td_matrixWorldToScreen;
- 	float*	td_matrixWorldToCamera;
- 	/* End Pixar Tag Values. */
-	uint32	td_xmlpacketLength;
-	void	*td_xmlpacketData;
-		int     td_customValueCount;
-        TIFFTagValue *td_customValues;
-} TIFFDirectory;
-
-/*
- * Field flags used to indicate fields that have
- * been set in a directory, and to reference fields
- * when manipulating a directory.
- */
-
-/*
- * FIELD_IGNORE is used to signify tags that are to
- * be processed but otherwise ignored.  This permits
- * antiquated tags to be quietly read and discarded.
- * Note that a bit *is* allocated for ignored tags;
- * this is understood by the directory reading logic
- * which uses this fact to avoid special-case handling
- */ 
-#define	FIELD_IGNORE			0
-
-/* multi-item fields */
-#define	FIELD_IMAGEDIMENSIONS		1
-#define FIELD_TILEDIMENSIONS		2
-#define	FIELD_RESOLUTION		3
-#define	FIELD_POSITION			4
-
-/* single-item fields */
-#define	FIELD_SUBFILETYPE		5
-#define	FIELD_BITSPERSAMPLE		6
-#define	FIELD_COMPRESSION		7
-#define	FIELD_PHOTOMETRIC		8
-#define	FIELD_THRESHHOLDING		9
-#define	FIELD_FILLORDER			10
-#define	FIELD_DOCUMENTNAME		11
-#define	FIELD_IMAGEDESCRIPTION		12
-#define	FIELD_MAKE			13
-#define	FIELD_MODEL			14
-#define	FIELD_ORIENTATION		15
-#define	FIELD_SAMPLESPERPIXEL		16
-#define	FIELD_ROWSPERSTRIP		17
-#define	FIELD_MINSAMPLEVALUE		18
-#define	FIELD_MAXSAMPLEVALUE		19
-#define	FIELD_PLANARCONFIG		20
-#define	FIELD_PAGENAME			21
-#define	FIELD_RESOLUTIONUNIT		22
-#define	FIELD_PAGENUMBER		23
-#define	FIELD_STRIPBYTECOUNTS		24
-#define	FIELD_STRIPOFFSETS		25
-#define	FIELD_COLORMAP			26
-#define FIELD_ARTIST			27
-#define FIELD_DATETIME			28
-#define FIELD_HOSTCOMPUTER		29
-/* unused - was FIELD_SOFTWARE          30 */
-#define	FIELD_EXTRASAMPLES		31
-#define FIELD_SAMPLEFORMAT		32
-#define	FIELD_SMINSAMPLEVALUE		33
-#define	FIELD_SMAXSAMPLEVALUE		34
-#define FIELD_IMAGEDEPTH		35
-#define FIELD_TILEDEPTH			36
-#define	FIELD_HALFTONEHINTS		37
-#define FIELD_YCBCRCOEFFICIENTS		38
-#define FIELD_YCBCRSUBSAMPLING		39
-#define FIELD_YCBCRPOSITIONING		40
-#define	FIELD_REFBLACKWHITE		41
-#define	FIELD_WHITEPOINT		42
-#define	FIELD_PRIMARYCHROMAS		43
-#define	FIELD_TRANSFERFUNCTION		44
-#define	FIELD_INKSET			45
-#define	FIELD_INKNAMES			46
-#define	FIELD_DOTRANGE			47
-#define	FIELD_TARGETPRINTER		48
-#define	FIELD_SUBIFD			49
-#define	FIELD_NUMBEROFINKS		50
-#define FIELD_ICCPROFILE		51
-#define FIELD_PHOTOSHOP			52
-#define FIELD_RICHTIFFIPTC		53
-#define FIELD_STONITS			54
-/* Begin PIXAR */
-#define	FIELD_IMAGEFULLWIDTH		55
-#define	FIELD_IMAGEFULLLENGTH		56
-#define FIELD_TEXTUREFORMAT		57
-#define FIELD_WRAPMODES			58
-#define FIELD_FOVCOT			59
-#define FIELD_MATRIX_WORLDTOSCREEN	60
-#define FIELD_MATRIX_WORLDTOCAMERA	61
-#define FIELD_COPYRIGHT			62
-#define FIELD_XMLPACKET			63
-/*      FIELD_CUSTOM (see tiffio.h)     65 */
-/* end of support for well-known tags; codec-private tags follow */
-#define	FIELD_CODEC			66	/* base of codec-private tags */
-
-
-/*
- * Pseudo-tags don't normally need field bits since they
- * are not written to an output file (by definition).
- * The library also has express logic to always query a
- * codec for a pseudo-tag so allocating a field bit for
- * one is a waste.   If codec wants to promote the notion
- * of a pseudo-tag being ``set'' or ``unset'' then it can
- * do using internal state flags without polluting the
- * field bit space defined for real tags.
- */
-#define	FIELD_PSEUDO			0
-
-#define	FIELD_LAST			(32*FIELD_SETLONGS-1)
-
-#define	TIFFExtractData(tif, type, v) \
-    ((uint32) ((tif)->tif_header.tiff_magic == TIFF_BIGENDIAN ? \
-        ((v) >> (tif)->tif_typeshift[type]) & (tif)->tif_typemask[type] : \
-	(v) & (tif)->tif_typemask[type]))
-#define	TIFFInsertData(tif, type, v) \
-    ((uint32) ((tif)->tif_header.tiff_magic == TIFF_BIGENDIAN ? \
-        ((v) & (tif)->tif_typemask[type]) << (tif)->tif_typeshift[type] : \
-	(v) & (tif)->tif_typemask[type]))
-
-
-#define BITn(n)				(((u_long)1L)<<((n)&0x1f)) 
-#define BITFIELDn(tif, n)		((tif)->tif_dir.td_fieldsset[(n)/32]) 
-#define TIFFFieldSet(tif, field)	(BITFIELDn(tif, field) & BITn(field)) 
-#define TIFFSetFieldBit(tif, field)	(BITFIELDn(tif, field) |= BITn(field))
-#define TIFFClrFieldBit(tif, field)	(BITFIELDn(tif, field) &= ~BITn(field))
-
-#define	FieldSet(fields, f)		(fields[(f)/32] & BITn(f))
-#define	ResetFieldBit(fields, f)	(fields[(f)/32] &= ~BITn(f))
-
-#if defined(__cplusplus)
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-extern	void _TIFFSetupFieldInfo(TIFF*);
-extern	void _TIFFPrintFieldInfo(TIFF*, FILE*);
-extern	TIFFDataType _TIFFSampleToTagType(TIFF*);
-extern  const TIFFFieldInfo* _TIFFFindOrRegisterFieldInfo( TIFF *tif,
-							   ttag_t tag,
-							   TIFFDataType dt );
-extern  TIFFFieldInfo* _TIFFCreateAnonFieldInfo( TIFF *tif, ttag_t tag,
-                                                 TIFFDataType dt );
-
-#define _TIFFMergeFieldInfo TIFFMergeFieldInfo
-#define _TIFFFindFieldInfo  TIFFFindFieldInfo
-#define _TIFFFieldWithTag   TIFFFieldWithTag
-    
-#if defined(__cplusplus)
-}
-#endif
-#endif /* _TIFFDIR_ */

src/tiff/tif_dirinfo.c

@@ -1,486 +0,0 @@
-/* $Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * TIFF Library.
- *
- * Core Directory Tag Support.
- */
-#include "tiffiop.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/*
- * NB: NB: THIS ARRAY IS ASSUMED TO BE SORTED BY TAG.
- *     If a tag can have both LONG and SHORT types
- *     then the LONG must be placed before the SHORT for
- *     writing to work properly.
- *
- * NOTE: The second field (field_readcount) and third field (field_writecount)
- *       sometimes use the values TIFF_VARIABLE (-1), TIFF_VARIABLE2 (-3)
- *       and TIFFTAG_SPP (-2). The macros should be used but would throw off 
- *       the formatting of the code, so please interprete the -1, -2 and -3 
- *       values accordingly.
- */
-#ifndef VMS
-static 
-#endif
-const TIFFFieldInfo tiffFieldInfo[] = {
-    { TIFFTAG_SUBFILETYPE,	 1, 1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_SUBFILETYPE,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"SubfileType" },
-/* XXX SHORT for compatibility w/ old versions of the library */
-    { TIFFTAG_SUBFILETYPE,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_SUBFILETYPE,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"SubfileType" },
-    { TIFFTAG_OSUBFILETYPE,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_SUBFILETYPE,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"OldSubfileType" },
-    { TIFFTAG_IMAGEWIDTH,	 1, 1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_IMAGEDIMENSIONS,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"ImageWidth" },
-    { TIFFTAG_IMAGEWIDTH,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_IMAGEDIMENSIONS,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"ImageWidth" },
-    { TIFFTAG_IMAGELENGTH,	 1, 1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_IMAGEDIMENSIONS,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"ImageLength" },
-    { TIFFTAG_IMAGELENGTH,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_IMAGEDIMENSIONS,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"ImageLength" },
-/* XXX LONG for compatibility with some broken TIFF writers */
-    { TIFFTAG_BITSPERSAMPLE,	-1,-1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_BITSPERSAMPLE,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"BitsPerSample" },
-    { TIFFTAG_BITSPERSAMPLE,	-1,-1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_BITSPERSAMPLE,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"BitsPerSample" },
-/* XXX LONG for compatibility with some broken TIFF writers */
-    { TIFFTAG_COMPRESSION,	-1, 1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_COMPRESSION,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"Compression" },
-    { TIFFTAG_COMPRESSION,	-1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_COMPRESSION,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"Compression" },
-/* XXX LONG for compatibility with some broken TIFF writers */
-    { TIFFTAG_PHOTOMETRIC,	 1, 1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_PHOTOMETRIC,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"PhotometricInterpretation" },
-    { TIFFTAG_PHOTOMETRIC,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_PHOTOMETRIC,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"PhotometricInterpretation" },
-    { TIFFTAG_THRESHHOLDING,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_THRESHHOLDING,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"Threshholding" },
-    { TIFFTAG_CELLWIDTH,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_IGNORE,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"CellWidth" },
-    { TIFFTAG_CELLLENGTH,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_IGNORE,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"CellLength" },
-    { TIFFTAG_FILLORDER,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_FILLORDER,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"FillOrder" },
-    { TIFFTAG_DOCUMENTNAME,	-1,-1, TIFF_ASCII,	FIELD_DOCUMENTNAME,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"DocumentName" },
-    { TIFFTAG_IMAGEDESCRIPTION,	-1,-1, TIFF_ASCII,	FIELD_IMAGEDESCRIPTION,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"ImageDescription" },
-    { TIFFTAG_MAKE,		-1,-1, TIFF_ASCII,	FIELD_MAKE,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"Make" },
-    { TIFFTAG_MODEL,		-1,-1, TIFF_ASCII,	FIELD_MODEL,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"Model" },
-    { TIFFTAG_STRIPOFFSETS,	-1,-1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_STRIPOFFSETS,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"StripOffsets" },
-    { TIFFTAG_STRIPOFFSETS,	-1,-1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_STRIPOFFSETS,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"StripOffsets" },
-    { TIFFTAG_ORIENTATION,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_ORIENTATION,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"Orientation" },
-    { TIFFTAG_SAMPLESPERPIXEL,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_SAMPLESPERPIXEL,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"SamplesPerPixel" },
-    { TIFFTAG_ROWSPERSTRIP,	 1, 1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_ROWSPERSTRIP,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"RowsPerStrip" },
-    { TIFFTAG_ROWSPERSTRIP,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_ROWSPERSTRIP,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"RowsPerStrip" },
-    { TIFFTAG_STRIPBYTECOUNTS,	-1,-1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_STRIPBYTECOUNTS,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"StripByteCounts" },
-    { TIFFTAG_STRIPBYTECOUNTS,	-1,-1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_STRIPBYTECOUNTS,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"StripByteCounts" },
-    { TIFFTAG_MINSAMPLEVALUE,	-2,-1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_MINSAMPLEVALUE,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"MinSampleValue" },
-    { TIFFTAG_MAXSAMPLEVALUE,	-2,-1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_MAXSAMPLEVALUE,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"MaxSampleValue" },
-    { TIFFTAG_XRESOLUTION,	 1, 1, TIFF_RATIONAL,	FIELD_RESOLUTION,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"XResolution" },
-    { TIFFTAG_YRESOLUTION,	 1, 1, TIFF_RATIONAL,	FIELD_RESOLUTION,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"YResolution" },
-    { TIFFTAG_PLANARCONFIG,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_PLANARCONFIG,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"PlanarConfiguration" },
-    { TIFFTAG_PAGENAME,		-1,-1, TIFF_ASCII,	FIELD_PAGENAME,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"PageName" },
-    { TIFFTAG_XPOSITION,	 1, 1, TIFF_RATIONAL,	FIELD_POSITION,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"XPosition" },
-    { TIFFTAG_YPOSITION,	 1, 1, TIFF_RATIONAL,	FIELD_POSITION,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"YPosition" },
-    { TIFFTAG_FREEOFFSETS,	-1,-1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_IGNORE,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"FreeOffsets" },
-    { TIFFTAG_FREEBYTECOUNTS,	-1,-1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_IGNORE,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"FreeByteCounts" },
-    { TIFFTAG_GRAYRESPONSEUNIT,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_IGNORE,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"GrayResponseUnit" },
-    { TIFFTAG_GRAYRESPONSECURVE,-1,-1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_IGNORE,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"GrayResponseCurve" },
-    { TIFFTAG_RESOLUTIONUNIT,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_RESOLUTIONUNIT,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"ResolutionUnit" },
-    { TIFFTAG_PAGENUMBER,	 2, 2, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_PAGENUMBER,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"PageNumber" },
-    { TIFFTAG_COLORRESPONSEUNIT, 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_IGNORE,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"ColorResponseUnit" },
-    { TIFFTAG_TRANSFERFUNCTION,	-1,-1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_TRANSFERFUNCTION,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"TransferFunction" },
-    { TIFFTAG_SOFTWARE,		-1,-1, TIFF_ASCII,	FIELD_CUSTOM,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"Software" },
-    { TIFFTAG_DATETIME,		20,20, TIFF_ASCII,	FIELD_DATETIME,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"DateTime" },
-    { TIFFTAG_ARTIST,		-1,-1, TIFF_ASCII,	FIELD_ARTIST,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"Artist" },
-    { TIFFTAG_HOSTCOMPUTER,	-1,-1, TIFF_ASCII,	FIELD_HOSTCOMPUTER,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"HostComputer" },
-    { TIFFTAG_WHITEPOINT,	 2, 2, TIFF_RATIONAL,FIELD_WHITEPOINT,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"WhitePoint" },
-    { TIFFTAG_PRIMARYCHROMATICITIES,6,6,TIFF_RATIONAL,FIELD_PRIMARYCHROMAS,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"PrimaryChromaticities" },
-    { TIFFTAG_COLORMAP,		-1,-1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_COLORMAP,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"ColorMap" },
-    { TIFFTAG_HALFTONEHINTS,	 2, 2, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_HALFTONEHINTS,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"HalftoneHints" },
-    { TIFFTAG_TILEWIDTH,	 1, 1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_TILEDIMENSIONS,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"TileWidth" },
-    { TIFFTAG_TILEWIDTH,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_TILEDIMENSIONS,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"TileWidth" },
-    { TIFFTAG_TILELENGTH,	 1, 1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_TILEDIMENSIONS,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"TileLength" },
-    { TIFFTAG_TILELENGTH,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_TILEDIMENSIONS,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"TileLength" },
-    { TIFFTAG_TILEOFFSETS,	-1, 1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_STRIPOFFSETS,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"TileOffsets" },
-    { TIFFTAG_TILEBYTECOUNTS,	-1, 1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_STRIPBYTECOUNTS,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"TileByteCounts" },
-    { TIFFTAG_TILEBYTECOUNTS,	-1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_STRIPBYTECOUNTS,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"TileByteCounts" },
-    { TIFFTAG_SUBIFD,		-1,-1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_SUBIFD,
-      TRUE,	TRUE,	"SubIFD" },
-    { TIFFTAG_INKSET,		 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_INKSET,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"InkSet" },
-    { TIFFTAG_INKNAMES,		-1,-1, TIFF_ASCII,	FIELD_INKNAMES,
-      TRUE,	TRUE,	"InkNames" },
-    { TIFFTAG_NUMBEROFINKS,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_NUMBEROFINKS,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"NumberOfInks" },
-    { TIFFTAG_DOTRANGE,		 2, 2, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_DOTRANGE,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"DotRange" },
-    { TIFFTAG_DOTRANGE,		 2, 2, TIFF_BYTE,	FIELD_DOTRANGE,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"DotRange" },
-    { TIFFTAG_TARGETPRINTER,	-1,-1, TIFF_ASCII,	FIELD_TARGETPRINTER,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"TargetPrinter" },
-    { TIFFTAG_EXTRASAMPLES,	-1,-1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_EXTRASAMPLES,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"ExtraSamples" },
-/* XXX for bogus Adobe Photoshop v2.5 files */
-    { TIFFTAG_EXTRASAMPLES,	-1,-1, TIFF_BYTE,	FIELD_EXTRASAMPLES,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"ExtraSamples" },
-    { TIFFTAG_SAMPLEFORMAT,	-1,-1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_SAMPLEFORMAT,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"SampleFormat" },
-    { TIFFTAG_SMINSAMPLEVALUE,	-2,-1, TIFF_ANY,	FIELD_SMINSAMPLEVALUE,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"SMinSampleValue" },
-    { TIFFTAG_SMAXSAMPLEVALUE,	-2,-1, TIFF_ANY,	FIELD_SMAXSAMPLEVALUE,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"SMaxSampleValue" },
-    { TIFFTAG_YCBCRCOEFFICIENTS, 3, 3, TIFF_RATIONAL,	FIELD_YCBCRCOEFFICIENTS,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"YCbCrCoefficients" },
-    { TIFFTAG_YCBCRSUBSAMPLING,	 2, 2, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_YCBCRSUBSAMPLING,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"YCbCrSubsampling" },
-    { TIFFTAG_YCBCRPOSITIONING,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_YCBCRPOSITIONING,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"YCbCrPositioning" },
-    { TIFFTAG_REFERENCEBLACKWHITE,6,6,TIFF_RATIONAL,	FIELD_REFBLACKWHITE,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"ReferenceBlackWhite" },
-/* XXX temporarily accept LONG for backwards compatibility */
-    { TIFFTAG_REFERENCEBLACKWHITE,6,6,TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_REFBLACKWHITE,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"ReferenceBlackWhite" },
-    { TIFFTAG_XMLPACKET,	-1,-3, TIFF_UNDEFINED,	FIELD_XMLPACKET,
-      FALSE,	TRUE,	"XMLPacket" },
-/* begin SGI tags */
-    { TIFFTAG_MATTEING,		 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_EXTRASAMPLES,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"Matteing" },
-    { TIFFTAG_DATATYPE,		-2,-1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_SAMPLEFORMAT,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"DataType" },
-    { TIFFTAG_IMAGEDEPTH,	 1, 1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_IMAGEDEPTH,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"ImageDepth" },
-    { TIFFTAG_IMAGEDEPTH,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_IMAGEDEPTH,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"ImageDepth" },
-    { TIFFTAG_TILEDEPTH,	 1, 1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_TILEDEPTH,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"TileDepth" },
-    { TIFFTAG_TILEDEPTH,	 1, 1, TIFF_SHORT,	FIELD_TILEDEPTH,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"TileDepth" },
-/* end SGI tags */
-/* begin Pixar tags */
-    { TIFFTAG_PIXAR_IMAGEFULLWIDTH,  1, 1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_IMAGEFULLWIDTH,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"ImageFullWidth" },
-    { TIFFTAG_PIXAR_IMAGEFULLLENGTH, 1, 1, TIFF_LONG,	FIELD_IMAGEFULLLENGTH,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"ImageFullLength" },
-    { TIFFTAG_PIXAR_TEXTUREFORMAT,  -1,-1, TIFF_ASCII,	FIELD_TEXTUREFORMAT,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"TextureFormat" },
-    { TIFFTAG_PIXAR_WRAPMODES,	    -1,-1, TIFF_ASCII,	FIELD_WRAPMODES,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"TextureWrapModes" },
-    { TIFFTAG_PIXAR_FOVCOT,	     1, 1, TIFF_FLOAT,	FIELD_FOVCOT,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"FieldOfViewCotan" },
-    { TIFFTAG_PIXAR_MATRIX_WORLDTOSCREEN,	16,16,	TIFF_FLOAT,
-      FIELD_MATRIX_WORLDTOSCREEN,	TRUE,	FALSE,	"MatrixWorldToScreen" },
-    { TIFFTAG_PIXAR_MATRIX_WORLDTOCAMERA,	16,16,	TIFF_FLOAT,
-       FIELD_MATRIX_WORLDTOCAMERA,	TRUE,	FALSE,	"MatrixWorldToCamera" },
-    { TIFFTAG_COPYRIGHT,	-1,-1, TIFF_ASCII,	FIELD_COPYRIGHT,
-      TRUE,	FALSE,	"Copyright" },
-/* end Pixar tags */
-#ifdef IPTC_SUPPORT
-#ifdef PHOTOSHOP_SUPPORT
-    { TIFFTAG_RICHTIFFIPTC, -1,-1, TIFF_LONG,   FIELD_RICHTIFFIPTC, 
-      FALSE,    TRUE,   "RichTIFFIPTC" },
-#else
-    { TIFFTAG_RICHTIFFIPTC, -1,-3, TIFF_UNDEFINED, FIELD_RICHTIFFIPTC, 
-      FALSE,    TRUE,   "RichTIFFIPTC" },
-#endif
-#endif
-    { TIFFTAG_PHOTOSHOP,    -1,-3, TIFF_BYTE,   FIELD_PHOTOSHOP, 
-      FALSE,    TRUE,   "Photoshop" },
-    { TIFFTAG_ICCPROFILE,	-1,-3, TIFF_UNDEFINED,	FIELD_ICCPROFILE,
-      FALSE,	TRUE,	"ICC Profile" },
-    { TIFFTAG_STONITS,		 1, 1, TIFF_DOUBLE,	FIELD_STONITS,
-      FALSE,	FALSE,	"StoNits" },
-};
-#define	N(a)	(sizeof (a) / sizeof (a[0]))
-
-void
-_TIFFSetupFieldInfo(TIFF* tif)
-{
-	if (tif->tif_fieldinfo) {
-		int  i;
-
-		for (i = 0; i < tif->tif_nfields; i++) 
-		{
-			TIFFFieldInfo *fld = tif->tif_fieldinfo[i];
-			if (fld->field_bit == FIELD_CUSTOM && 
-				strncmp("Tag ", fld->field_name, 4) == 0) 
-				{
-				_TIFFfree(fld->field_name);
-				_TIFFfree(fld);
-				}
-		}   
-      
-		_TIFFfree(tif->tif_fieldinfo);
-		tif->tif_nfields = 0;
-	}
-	_TIFFMergeFieldInfo(tif, tiffFieldInfo, N(tiffFieldInfo));
-}
-
-static int
-tagCompare(const void* a, const void* b)
-{
-	const TIFFFieldInfo* ta = *(const TIFFFieldInfo**) a;
-	const TIFFFieldInfo* tb = *(const TIFFFieldInfo**) b;
-	/* NB: be careful of return values for 16-bit platforms */
-	if (ta->field_tag != tb->field_tag)
-		return (ta->field_tag < tb->field_tag ? -1 : 1);
-	else
-		return ((int)tb->field_type - (int)ta->field_type);
-}
-
-void
-_TIFFMergeFieldInfo(TIFF* tif, const TIFFFieldInfo info[], int n)
-{
-	TIFFFieldInfo** tp;
-	int i;
-
-	if (tif->tif_nfields > 0) {
-		tif->tif_fieldinfo = (TIFFFieldInfo**)
-		    _TIFFrealloc(tif->tif_fieldinfo,
-			(tif->tif_nfields+n) * sizeof (TIFFFieldInfo*));
-	} else {
-		tif->tif_fieldinfo = (TIFFFieldInfo**)
-		    _TIFFmalloc(n * sizeof (TIFFFieldInfo*));
-	}
-	assert(tif->tif_fieldinfo != NULL);
-	tp = &tif->tif_fieldinfo[tif->tif_nfields];
-	for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
-		tp[i] = (TIFFFieldInfo*) &info[i];	/* XXX */
-
-        /* Sort the field info by tag number */
-        qsort(tif->tif_fieldinfo, (size_t) (tif->tif_nfields += n),
-              sizeof (TIFFFieldInfo*), tagCompare);
-}
-
-void
-_TIFFPrintFieldInfo(TIFF* tif, FILE* fd)
-{
-	int i;
-
-	fprintf(fd, "%s: \n", tif->tif_name);
-	for (i = 0; i < tif->tif_nfields; i++) {
-		const TIFFFieldInfo* fip = tif->tif_fieldinfo[i];
-		fprintf(fd, "field[%2d] %5lu, %2d, %2d, %d, %2d, %5s, %5s, %s\n"
-			, i
-			, (unsigned long) fip->field_tag
-			, fip->field_readcount, fip->field_writecount
-			, fip->field_type
-			, fip->field_bit
-			, fip->field_oktochange ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"
-			, fip->field_passcount ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"
-			, fip->field_name
-		);
-	}
-}
-
-/*
- * Return size of TIFFDataType in bytes
- */
-int
-TIFFDataWidth(TIFFDataType type)
-{
-	switch(type)
-	{
-	case 0:  /* nothing */
-	case 1:  /* TIFF_BYTE */
-	case 2:  /* TIFF_ASCII */
-	case 6:  /* TIFF_SBYTE */
-	case 7:  /* TIFF_UNDEFINED */
-		return 1;
-	case 3:  /* TIFF_SHORT */
-	case 8:  /* TIFF_SSHORT */
-		return 2;
-	case 4:  /* TIFF_LONG */
-	case 9:  /* TIFF_SLONG */
-	case 11: /* TIFF_FLOAT */
-        case 13: /* TIFF_IFD */
-		return 4;
-	case 5:  /* TIFF_RATIONAL */
-	case 10: /* TIFF_SRATIONAL */
-	case 12: /* TIFF_DOUBLE */
-		return 8;
-	default:
-		return 0; /* will return 0 for unknown types */
-	}
-}
-
-/*
- * Return nearest TIFFDataType to the sample type of an image.
- */
-TIFFDataType
-_TIFFSampleToTagType(TIFF* tif)
-{
-	uint32 bps = TIFFhowmany8(tif->tif_dir.td_bitspersample);
-
-	switch (tif->tif_dir.td_sampleformat) {
-	case SAMPLEFORMAT_IEEEFP:
-		return (bps == 4 ? TIFF_FLOAT : TIFF_DOUBLE);
-	case SAMPLEFORMAT_INT:
-		return (bps <= 1 ? TIFF_SBYTE :
-		    bps <= 2 ? TIFF_SSHORT : TIFF_SLONG);
-	case SAMPLEFORMAT_UINT:
-		return (bps <= 1 ? TIFF_BYTE :
-		    bps <= 2 ? TIFF_SHORT : TIFF_LONG);
-	case SAMPLEFORMAT_VOID:
-		return (TIFF_UNDEFINED);
-	}
-	/*NOTREACHED*/
-	return (TIFF_UNDEFINED);
-}
-
-const TIFFFieldInfo*
-_TIFFFindFieldInfo(TIFF* tif, ttag_t tag, TIFFDataType dt)
-{
-	static const TIFFFieldInfo *last = NULL;
-	int i, n;
-
-	if (last && last->field_tag == tag &&
-	    (dt == TIFF_ANY || dt == last->field_type))
-		return (last);
-	/* NB: if table gets big, use sorted search (e.g. binary search) */
-	if(dt != TIFF_ANY) {
-            TIFFFieldInfo key = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
-            key.field_tag = tag;
-            key.field_type = dt;
-            return((const TIFFFieldInfo *) bsearch(&key, 
-						   tif->tif_fieldinfo, 
-						   tif->tif_nfields,
-						   sizeof(TIFFFieldInfo), 
-						   tagCompare));
-        } else for (i = 0, n = tif->tif_nfields; i < n; i++) {
-		const TIFFFieldInfo* fip = tif->tif_fieldinfo[i];
-		if (fip->field_tag == tag &&
-		    (dt == TIFF_ANY || fip->field_type == dt))
-			return (last = fip);
-	}
-	return ((const TIFFFieldInfo *)0);
-}
-
-const TIFFFieldInfo*
-_TIFFFieldWithTag(TIFF* tif, ttag_t tag)
-{
-	const TIFFFieldInfo* fip = _TIFFFindFieldInfo(tif, tag, TIFF_ANY);
-	if (!fip) {
-		TIFFError("TIFFFieldWithTag",
-		    "Internal error, unknown tag 0x%x", (u_int) tag);
-		assert(fip != NULL);
-		/*NOTREACHED*/
-	}
-	return (fip);
-}
-
-const TIFFFieldInfo*
-_TIFFFindOrRegisterFieldInfo( TIFF *tif, ttag_t tag, TIFFDataType dt )
-
-{
-    const TIFFFieldInfo *fld;
-
-    fld = _TIFFFindFieldInfo( tif, tag, dt );
-    if( fld == NULL )
-    {
-        fld = _TIFFCreateAnonFieldInfo( tif, tag, dt );
-        _TIFFMergeFieldInfo( tif, fld, 1 );
-    }
-
-    return fld;
-}
-
-TIFFFieldInfo*
-_TIFFCreateAnonFieldInfo(TIFF *tif, ttag_t tag, TIFFDataType field_type)
-{
-    TIFFFieldInfo *fld;
-
-    fld = (TIFFFieldInfo *) _TIFFmalloc(sizeof (TIFFFieldInfo));
-    if (fld == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-    _TIFFmemset( fld, 0, sizeof(TIFFFieldInfo) );
-
-    fld->field_tag = tag;
-    fld->field_readcount = TIFF_VARIABLE;
-    fld->field_writecount = TIFF_VARIABLE;
-    fld->field_type = field_type;
-    fld->field_bit = FIELD_CUSTOM;
-    fld->field_oktochange = TRUE;
-    fld->field_passcount = TRUE;
-    fld->field_name = (char *) _TIFFmalloc(32);
-    if (fld->field_name == NULL) {
-	_TIFFfree(fld);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    /* note that this name is a special sign to TIFFClose() and
-     * _TIFFSetupFieldInfo() to free the field
-     */
-    sprintf(fld->field_name, "Tag %d", (int) tag);
-
-    return fld;    
-}

src/tiff/tif_dumpmode.c

@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-/* $Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * TIFF Library.
- *
- * "Null" Compression Algorithm Support.
- */
-#include "tiffiop.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-
-/*
- * Encode a hunk of pixels.
- */
-static int
-DumpModeEncode(TIFF* tif, tidata_t pp, tsize_t cc, tsample_t s)
-{
-	(void) s;
-	while (cc > 0) {
-		tsize_t n;
-
-		n = cc;
-		if (tif->tif_rawcc + n > tif->tif_rawdatasize)
-			n = tif->tif_rawdatasize - tif->tif_rawcc;
-
-                assert( n > 0 );
-                
-		/*
-		 * Avoid copy if client has setup raw
-		 * data buffer to avoid extra copy.
-		 */
-		if (tif->tif_rawcp != pp)
-			_TIFFmemcpy(tif->tif_rawcp, pp, n);
-		tif->tif_rawcp += n;
-		tif->tif_rawcc += n;
-		pp += n;
-		cc -= n;
-		if (tif->tif_rawcc >= tif->tif_rawdatasize &&
-		    !TIFFFlushData1(tif))
-			return (-1);
-	}
-	return (1);
-}
-
-/*
- * Decode a hunk of pixels.
- */
-static int
-DumpModeDecode(TIFF* tif, tidata_t buf, tsize_t cc, tsample_t s)
-{
-	(void) s;
-	if (tif->tif_rawcc < cc) {
-		TIFFError(tif->tif_name,
-		    "DumpModeDecode: Not enough data for scanline %d",
-		    tif->tif_row);
-		return (0);
-	}
-	/*
-	 * Avoid copy if client has setup raw
-	 * data buffer to avoid extra copy.
-	 */
-	if (tif->tif_rawcp != buf)
-		_TIFFmemcpy(buf, tif->tif_rawcp, cc);
-	tif->tif_rawcp += cc;
-	tif->tif_rawcc -= cc;
-	return (1);
-}
-
-/*
- * Seek forwards nrows in the current strip.
- */
-static int
-DumpModeSeek(TIFF* tif, uint32 nrows)
-{
-	tif->tif_rawcp += nrows * tif->tif_scanlinesize;
-	tif->tif_rawcc -= nrows * tif->tif_scanlinesize;
-	return (1);
-}
-
-/*
- * Initialize dump mode.
- */
-int
-TIFFInitDumpMode(TIFF* tif, int scheme)
-{
-	(void) scheme;
-	tif->tif_decoderow = DumpModeDecode;
-	tif->tif_decodestrip = DumpModeDecode;
-	tif->tif_decodetile = DumpModeDecode;
-	tif->tif_encoderow = DumpModeEncode;
-	tif->tif_encodestrip = DumpModeEncode;
-	tif->tif_encodetile = DumpModeEncode;
-	tif->tif_seek = DumpModeSeek;
-	return (1);
-}

src/tiff/tif_error.c

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/* $Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * TIFF Library.
- */
-#include "tiffiop.h"
-
-TIFFErrorHandler
-TIFFSetErrorHandler(TIFFErrorHandler handler)
-{
-	TIFFErrorHandler prev = _TIFFerrorHandler;
-	_TIFFerrorHandler = handler;
-	return (prev);
-}
-
-void
-TIFFError(const char* module, const char* fmt, ...)
-{
-	if (_TIFFerrorHandler) {
-		va_list ap;
-		va_start(ap, fmt);
-		(*_TIFFerrorHandler)(module, fmt, ap);
-		va_end(ap);
-	}
-}

src/tiff/tif_extension.c

@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-/* $Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * TIFF Library.
- *
- * Various routines support external extension of the tag set, and other
- * application extension capabilities. 
- */
-
-#include "tiffiop.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-
-int TIFFGetTagListCount( TIFF *tif )
-
-{
-    TIFFDirectory* td = &tif->tif_dir;
-    
-    return td->td_customValueCount;
-}
-
-ttag_t TIFFGetTagListEntry( TIFF *tif, int tag_index )
-
-{
-    TIFFDirectory* td = &tif->tif_dir;
-
-    if( tag_index < 0 || tag_index >= td->td_customValueCount )
-        return (ttag_t) -1;
-    else
-        return td->td_customValues[tag_index].info->field_tag;
-}
-
-/*
-** This provides read/write access to the TIFFTagMethods within the TIFF
-** structure to application code without giving access to the private
-** TIFF structure.
-*/
-TIFFTagMethods *TIFFAccessTagMethods( TIFF *tif )
-
-{
-    return &(tif->tif_tagmethods);
-}
-
-void *TIFFGetClientInfo( TIFF *tif, const char *name )
-
-{
-    TIFFClientInfoLink *link = tif->tif_clientinfo;
-
-    while( link != NULL && strcmp(link->name,name) != 0 )
-        link = link->next;
-
-    if( link != NULL )
-        return link->data;
-    else
-        return NULL;
-}
-
-void TIFFSetClientInfo( TIFF *tif, void *data, const char *name )
-
-{
-    TIFFClientInfoLink *link = tif->tif_clientinfo;
-
-    /*
-    ** Do we have an existing link with this name?  If so, just
-    ** set it.
-    */
-    while( link != NULL && strcmp(link->name,name) != 0 )
-        link = link->next;
-
-    if( link != NULL )
-    {
-        link->data = data;
-        return;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Create a new link.
-    */
-
-    link = (TIFFClientInfoLink *) _TIFFmalloc(sizeof(TIFFClientInfoLink));
-    assert (link != NULL);
-    link->next = tif->tif_clientinfo;
-    link->name = (char *) _TIFFmalloc(strlen(name)+1);
-    assert (link->name != NULL);
-    strcpy(link->name, name);
-    link->data = data;
-
-    tif->tif_clientinfo = link;
-}

src/tiff/tif_fax3.h

@@ -1,525 +0,0 @@
-/* $Id$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1990-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef _FAX3_
-#define	_FAX3_
-/*
- * TIFF Library.
- *
- * CCITT Group 3 (T.4) and Group 4 (T.6) Decompression Support.
- *
- * Decoder support is derived, with permission, from the code
- * in Frank Cringle's viewfax program;
- *      Copyright (C) 1990, 1995  Frank D. Cringle.
- */
-#include "tiff.h"
-
-/*
- * To override the default routine used to image decoded
- * spans one can use the pseduo tag TIFFTAG_FAXFILLFUNC.
- * The routine must have the type signature given below;
- * for example:
- *
- * fillruns(unsigned char* buf, uint32* runs, uint32* erun, uint32 lastx)
- *
- * where buf is place to set the bits, runs is the array of b&w run
- * lengths (white then black), erun is the last run in the array, and
- * lastx is the width of the row in pixels.  Fill routines can assume
- * the run array has room for at least lastx runs and can overwrite
- * data in the run array as needed (e.g. to append zero runs to bring
- * the count up to a nice multiple).
- */
-typedef	void (*TIFFFaxFillFunc)(unsigned char*, uint32*, uint32*, uint32);
-
-/*
- * The default run filler; made external for other decoders.
- */
-#if defined(__cplusplus)
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-extern	void _TIFFFax3fillruns(unsigned char*, uint32*, uint32*, uint32);
-#if defined(__cplusplus)
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/* finite state machine codes */
-#define S_Null		0
-#define S_Pass		1
-#define S_Horiz		2
-#define S_V0		3
-#define S_VR		4
-#define S_VL		5
-#define S_Ext		6
-#define S_TermW		7
-#define S_TermB		8
-#define S_MakeUpW	9
-#define S_MakeUpB	10
-#define S_MakeUp	11
-#define S_EOL		12
-
-typedef struct {		/* state table entry */
-	unsigned char State;	/* see above */
-	unsigned char Width;	/* width of code in bits */
-	uint32	Param;		/* unsigned 32-bit run length in bits */
-} TIFFFaxTabEnt;
-
-extern	const TIFFFaxTabEnt TIFFFaxMainTable[];
-extern	const TIFFFaxTabEnt TIFFFaxWhiteTable[];
-extern	const TIFFFaxTabEnt TIFFFaxBlackTable[];
-
-/*
- * The following macros define the majority of the G3/G4 decoder
- * algorithm using the state tables defined elsewhere.  To build
- * a decoder you need some setup code and some glue code. Note
- * that you may also need/want to change the way the NeedBits*
- * macros get input data if, for example, you know the data to be
- * decoded is properly aligned and oriented (doing so before running
- * the decoder can be a big performance win).
- *
- * Consult the decoder in the TIFF library for an idea of what you
- * need to define and setup to make use of these definitions.
- *
- * NB: to enable a debugging version of these macros define FAX3_DEBUG
- *     before including this file.  Trace output goes to stdout.
- */
-
-#ifndef EndOfData
-#define EndOfData()	(cp >= ep)
-#endif
-/*
- * Need <=8 or <=16 bits of input data.  Unlike viewfax we
- * cannot use/assume a word-aligned, properly bit swizzled
- * input data set because data may come from an arbitrarily
- * aligned, read-only source such as a memory-mapped file.
- * Note also that the viewfax decoder does not check for
- * running off the end of the input data buffer.  This is
- * possible for G3-encoded data because it prescans the input
- * data to count EOL markers, but can cause problems for G4
- * data.  In any event, we don't prescan and must watch for
- * running out of data since we can't permit the library to
- * scan past the end of the input data buffer.
- *
- * Finally, note that we must handle remaindered data at the end
- * of a strip specially.  The coder asks for a fixed number of
- * bits when scanning for the next code.  This may be more bits
- * than are actually present in the data stream.  If we appear
- * to run out of data but still have some number of valid bits
- * remaining then we makeup the requested amount with zeros and
- * return successfully.  If the returned data is incorrect then
- * we should be called again and get a premature EOF error;
- * otherwise we should get the right answer.
- */
-#ifndef NeedBits8
-#define NeedBits8(n,eoflab) do {					\
-    if (BitsAvail < (n)) {						\
-	if (EndOfData()) {						\
-	    if (BitsAvail == 0)			/* no valid bits */	\
-		goto eoflab;						\
-	    BitsAvail = (n);			/* pad with zeros */	\
-	} else {							\
-	    BitAcc |= ((uint32) bitmap[*cp++])<<BitsAvail;		\
-	    BitsAvail += 8;						\
-	}								\
-    }									\
-} while (0)
-#endif
-#ifndef NeedBits16
-#define NeedBits16(n,eoflab) do {					\
-    if (BitsAvail < (n)) {						\
-	if (EndOfData()) {						\
-	    if (BitsAvail == 0)			/* no valid bits */	\
-		goto eoflab;						\
-	    BitsAvail = (n);			/* pad with zeros */	\
-	} else {							\
-	    BitAcc |= ((uint32) bitmap[*cp++])<<BitsAvail;		\
-	    if ((BitsAvail += 8) < (n)) {				\
-		if (EndOfData()) {					\
-		    /* NB: we know BitsAvail is non-zero here */	\
-		    BitsAvail = (n);		/* pad with zeros */	\
-		} else {						\
-		    BitAcc |= ((uint32) bitmap[*cp++])<<BitsAvail;	\
-		    BitsAvail += 8;					\
-		}							\
-	    }								\
-	}								\
-    }									\
-} while (0)
-#endif
-#define GetBits(n)	(BitAcc & ((1<<(n))-1))
-#define ClrBits(n) do {							\
-    BitsAvail -= (n);							\
-    BitAcc >>= (n);							\
-} while (0)
-
-#ifdef FAX3_DEBUG
-static const char* StateNames[] = {
-    "Null   ",
-    "Pass   ",
-    "Horiz  ",
-    "V0     ",
-    "VR     ",
-    "VL     ",
-    "Ext    ",
-    "TermW  ",
-    "TermB  ",
-    "MakeUpW",
-    "MakeUpB",
-    "MakeUp ",
-    "EOL    ",
-};
-#define DEBUG_SHOW putchar(BitAcc & (1 << t) ? '1' : '0')
-#define LOOKUP8(wid,tab,eoflab) do {					\
-    int t;								\
-    NeedBits8(wid,eoflab);						\
-    TabEnt = tab + GetBits(wid);					\
-    printf("%08lX/%d: %s%5d\t", (long) BitAcc, BitsAvail,		\
-	   StateNames[TabEnt->State], TabEnt->Param);			\
-    for (t = 0; t < TabEnt->Width; t++)					\
-	DEBUG_SHOW;							\
-    putchar('\n');							\
-    fflush(stdout);							\
-    ClrBits(TabEnt->Width);						\
-} while (0)
-#define LOOKUP16(wid,tab,eoflab) do {					\
-    int t;								\
-    NeedBits16(wid,eoflab);						\
-    TabEnt = tab + GetBits(wid);					\
-    printf("%08lX/%d: %s%5d\t", (long) BitAcc, BitsAvail,		\
-	   StateNames[TabEnt->State], TabEnt->Param);			\
-    for (t = 0; t < TabEnt->Width; t++)					\
-	DEBUG_SHOW;							\
-    putchar('\n');							\
-    fflush(stdout);							\
-    ClrBits(TabEnt->Width);						\
-} while (0)
-
-#define SETVAL(x) do {							\
-    *pa++ = RunLength + (x);						\
-    printf("SETVAL: %d\t%d\n", RunLength + (x), a0);			\
-    a0 += x;								\
-    RunLength = 0;							\
-} while (0)
-#else
-#define LOOKUP8(wid,tab,eoflab) do {					\
-    NeedBits8(wid,eoflab);						\
-    TabEnt = tab + GetBits(wid);					\
-    ClrBits(TabEnt->Width);						\
-} while (0)
-#define LOOKUP16(wid,tab,eoflab) do {					\
-    NeedBits16(wid,eoflab);						\
-    TabEnt = tab + GetBits(wid);					\
-    ClrBits(TabEnt->Width);						\
-} while (0)
-
-/*
- * Append a run to the run length array for the
- * current row and reset decoding state.
- */
-#define SETVAL(x) do {							\
-    *pa++ = RunLength + (x);						\
-    a0 += (x);								\
-    RunLength = 0;							\
-} while (0)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Synchronize input decoding at the start of each
- * row by scanning for an EOL (if appropriate) and
- * skipping any trash data that might be present
- * after a decoding error.  Note that the decoding
- * done elsewhere that recognizes an EOL only consumes
- * 11 consecutive zero bits.  This means that if EOLcnt
- * is non-zero then we still need to scan for the final flag
- * bit that is part of the EOL code.
- */
-#define	SYNC_EOL(eoflab) do {						\
-    if (EOLcnt == 0) {							\
-	for (;;) {							\
-	    NeedBits16(11,eoflab);					\
-	    if (GetBits(11) == 0)					\
-		break;							\
-	    ClrBits(1);							\
-	}								\
-    }									\
-    for (;;) {								\
-	NeedBits8(8,eoflab);						\
-	if (GetBits(8))							\
-	    break;							\
-	ClrBits(8);							\
-    }									\
-    while (GetBits(1) == 0)						\
-	ClrBits(1);							\
-    ClrBits(1);				/* EOL bit */			\
-    EOLcnt = 0;				/* reset EOL counter/flag */	\
-} while (0)
-
-/*
- * Cleanup the array of runs after decoding a row.
- * We adjust final runs to insure the user buffer is not
- * overwritten and/or undecoded area is white filled.
- */
-#define	CLEANUP_RUNS() do {						\
-    if (RunLength)							\
-	SETVAL(0);							\
-    if (a0 != lastx) {							\
-	badlength(a0, lastx);						\
-	while (a0 > lastx && pa > thisrun)				\
-	    a0 -= *--pa;						\
-	if (a0 < lastx) {						\
-	    if (a0 < 0)							\
-		a0 = 0;							\
-	    if ((pa-thisrun)&1)						\
-		SETVAL(0);						\
-	    SETVAL(lastx - a0);						\
-	} else if (a0 > lastx) {					\
-	    SETVAL(lastx);						\
-	    SETVAL(0);							\
-	}								\
-    }									\
-} while (0)
-
-/*
- * Decode a line of 1D-encoded data.
- *
- * The line expanders are written as macros so that they can be reused
- * but still have direct access to the local variables of the "calling"
- * function.
- *
- * Note that unlike the original version we have to explicitly test for
- * a0 >= lastx after each black/white run is decoded.  This is because
- * the original code depended on the input data being zero-padded to
- * insure the decoder recognized an EOL before running out of data.
- */
-#define EXPAND1D(eoflab) do {						\
-    for (;;) {								\
-	for (;;) {							\
-	    LOOKUP16(12, TIFFFaxWhiteTable, eof1d);			\
-	    switch (TabEnt->State) {					\
-	    case S_EOL:							\
-		EOLcnt = 1;						\
-		goto done1d;						\
-	    case S_TermW:						\
-		SETVAL(TabEnt->Param);					\
-		goto doneWhite1d;					\
-	    case S_MakeUpW:						\
-	    case S_MakeUp:						\
-		a0 += TabEnt->Param;					\
-		RunLength += TabEnt->Param;				\
-		break;							\
-	    default:							\
-		unexpected("WhiteTable", a0);				\
-		goto done1d;						\
-	    }								\
-	}								\
-    doneWhite1d:							\
-	if (a0 >= lastx)						\
-	    goto done1d;						\
-	for (;;) {							\
-	    LOOKUP16(13, TIFFFaxBlackTable, eof1d);			\
-	    switch (TabEnt->State) {					\
-	    case S_EOL:							\
-		EOLcnt = 1;						\
-		goto done1d;						\
-	    case S_TermB:						\
-		SETVAL(TabEnt->Param);					\
-		goto doneBlack1d;					\
-	    case S_MakeUpB:						\
-	    case S_MakeUp:						\
-		a0 += TabEnt->Param;					\
-		RunLength += TabEnt->Param;				\
-		break;							\
-	    default:							\
-		unexpected("BlackTable", a0);				\
-		goto done1d;						\
-	    }								\
-	}								\
-    doneBlack1d:							\
-	if (a0 >= lastx)						\
-	    goto done1d;						\
-        if( *(pa-1) == 0 && *(pa-2) == 0 )				\
-            pa -= 2;                                                    \
-    }									\
-eof1d:									\
-    prematureEOF(a0);							\
-    CLEANUP_RUNS();							\
-    goto eoflab;							\
-done1d:									\
-    CLEANUP_RUNS();							\
-} while (0)
-
-/*
- * Update the value of b1 using the array
- * of runs for the reference line.
- */
-#define CHECK_b1 do {							\
-    if (pa != thisrun) while (b1 <= a0 && b1 < lastx) {			\
-	b1 += pb[0] + pb[1];						\
-	pb += 2;							\
-    }									\
-} while (0)
-
-/*
- * Expand a row of 2D-encoded data.
- */
-#define EXPAND2D(eoflab) do {						\
-    while (a0 < lastx) {						\
-	LOOKUP8(7, TIFFFaxMainTable, eof2d);				\
-	switch (TabEnt->State) {					\
-	case S_Pass:							\
-	    CHECK_b1;							\
-	    b1 += *pb++;						\
-	    RunLength += b1 - a0;					\
-	    a0 = b1;							\
-	    b1 += *pb++;						\
-	    break;							\
-	case S_Horiz:							\
-	    if ((pa-thisrun)&1) {					\
-		for (;;) {	/* black first */			\
-		    LOOKUP16(13, TIFFFaxBlackTable, eof2d);		\
-		    switch (TabEnt->State) {				\
-		    case S_TermB:					\
-			SETVAL(TabEnt->Param);				\
-			goto doneWhite2da;				\
-		    case S_MakeUpB:					\
-		    case S_MakeUp:					\
-			a0 += TabEnt->Param;				\
-			RunLength += TabEnt->Param;			\
-			break;						\
-		    default:						\
-			goto badBlack2d;				\
-		    }							\
-		}							\
-	    doneWhite2da:;						\
-		for (;;) {	/* then white */			\
-		    LOOKUP16(12, TIFFFaxWhiteTable, eof2d);		\
-		    switch (TabEnt->State) {				\
-		    case S_TermW:					\
-			SETVAL(TabEnt->Param);				\
-			goto doneBlack2da;				\
-		    case S_MakeUpW:					\
-		    case S_MakeUp:					\
-			a0 += TabEnt->Param;				\
-			RunLength += TabEnt->Param;			\
-			break;						\
-		    default:						\
-			goto badWhite2d;				\
-		    }							\
-		}							\
-	    doneBlack2da:;						\
-	    } else {							\
-		for (;;) {	/* white first */			\
-		    LOOKUP16(12, TIFFFaxWhiteTable, eof2d);		\
-		    switch (TabEnt->State) {				\
-		    case S_TermW:					\
-			SETVAL(TabEnt->Param);				\
-			goto doneWhite2db;				\
-		    case S_MakeUpW:					\
-		    case S_MakeUp:					\
-			a0 += TabEnt->Param;				\
-			RunLength += TabEnt->Param;			\
-			break;						\
-		    default:						\
-			goto badWhite2d;				\
-		    }							\
-		}							\
-	    doneWhite2db:;						\
-		for (;;) {	/* then black */			\
-		    LOOKUP16(13, TIFFFaxBlackTable, eof2d);		\
-		    switch (TabEnt->State) {				\
-		    case S_TermB:					\
-			SETVAL(TabEnt->Param);				\
-			goto doneBlack2db;				\
-		    case S_MakeUpB:					\
-		    case S_MakeUp:					\
-			a0 += TabEnt->Param;				\
-			RunLength += TabEnt->Param;			\
-			break;						\
-		    default:						\
-			goto badBlack2d;				\
-		    }							\
-		}							\
-	    doneBlack2db:;						\
-	    }								\
-	    CHECK_b1;							\
-	    break;							\
-	case S_V0:							\
-	    CHECK_b1;							\
-	    SETVAL(b1 - a0);						\
-	    b1 += *pb++;						\
-	    break;							\
-	case S_VR:							\
-	    CHECK_b1;							\
-	    SETVAL(b1 - a0 + TabEnt->Param);				\
-	    b1 += *pb++;						\
-	    break;							\
-	case S_VL:							\
-	    CHECK_b1;							\
-	    SETVAL(b1 - a0 - TabEnt->Param);				\
-	    b1 -= *--pb;						\
-	    break;							\
-	case S_Ext:							\
-	    *pa++ = lastx - a0;						\
-	    extension(a0);						\
-	    goto eol2d;							\
-	case S_EOL:							\
-	    *pa++ = lastx - a0;						\
-	    NeedBits8(4,eof2d);						\
-	    if (GetBits(4))						\
-		unexpected("EOL", a0);					\
-            ClrBits(4);                                                 \
-	    EOLcnt = 1;							\
-	    goto eol2d;							\
-	default:							\
-	badMain2d:							\
-	    unexpected("MainTable", a0);				\
-	    goto eol2d;							\
-	badBlack2d:							\
-	    unexpected("BlackTable", a0);				\
-	    goto eol2d;							\
-	badWhite2d:							\
-	    unexpected("WhiteTable", a0);				\
-	    goto eol2d;							\
-	eof2d:								\
-	    prematureEOF(a0);						\
-	    CLEANUP_RUNS();						\
-	    goto eoflab;						\
-	}								\
-    }									\
-    if (RunLength) {							\
-	if (RunLength + a0 < lastx) {					\
-	    /* expect a final V0 */					\
-	    NeedBits8(1,eof2d);						\
-	    if (!GetBits(1))						\
-		goto badMain2d;						\
-	    ClrBits(1);							\
-	}								\
-	SETVAL(0);							\
-    }									\
-eol2d:									\
-    CLEANUP_RUNS();							\
-} while (0)
-#endif /* _FAX3_ */

src/tiff/tif_flush.c

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/* $Header$ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
- * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and 
- * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
- * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
- * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
- * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
- * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
- * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
- * 
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
- * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY 
- * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
- * 
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
- * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
- * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF 
- * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE 
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * TIFF Library.
- */
-#include "tiffiop.h"
-
-int
-TIFFFlush(TIFF* tif)
-{
-
-	if (tif->tif_mode != O_RDONLY) {
-		if (!TIFFFlushData(tif))
-			return (0);
-		if ((tif->tif_flags & TIFF_DIRTYDIRECT) &&
-		    !TIFFWriteDirectory(tif))
-			return (0);
-	}
-	return (1);
-}
-
-/*
- * Flush buffered data to the file.
- *
- * Frank Warmerdam'2000: I modified this to return 1 if TIFF_BEENWRITING
- * is not set, so that TIFFFlush() will proceed to write out the directory.
- * The documentation says returning 1 is an error indicator, but not having
- * been writing isn't exactly a an error.  Hopefully this doesn't cause
- * problems for other people. 
- */
-int
-TIFFFlushData(TIFF* tif)
-{
-	if ((tif->tif_flags & TIFF_BEENWRITING) == 0)
-		return (0);
-	if (tif->tif_flags & TIFF_POSTENCODE) {
-		tif->tif_flags &= ~TIFF_POSTENCODE;
-		if (!(*tif->tif_postencode)(tif))
-			return (0);
-	}
-	return (TIFFFlushData1(tif));
-}
-